1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
41 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
43 #include "coff/symconst.h"
44 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
45 #include "coff/mips.h"
49 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
50 enum mips_got_tls_type {
57 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
58 There are four types of entry:
60 (1) an absolute address
61 requires: abfd == NULL
64 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
65 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
66 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
68 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
69 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
73 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
74 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
77 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
79 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
80 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
84 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
86 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
87 that should be added to the symbol value. */
89 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
90 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
91 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
92 otherwise it is in the global area. */
93 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
96 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
97 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
98 unsigned char tls_type;
100 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
101 and created the associated relocations. */
102 unsigned char tls_initialized;
104 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
105 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
106 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
110 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
111 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
112 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
113 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
114 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
116 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
117 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
118 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
119 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
120 struct mips_got_page_ref
125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
131 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
132 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
134 struct mips_got_page_range
136 struct mips_got_page_range *next;
137 bfd_signed_vma min_addend;
138 bfd_signed_vma max_addend;
141 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
142 relocations against a given section. */
143 struct mips_got_page_entry
145 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
147 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
148 struct mips_got_page_range *ranges;
149 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
153 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
157 /* The number of global .got entries. */
158 unsigned int global_gotno;
159 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
160 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno;
161 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
162 unsigned int tls_gotno;
163 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
164 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
165 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno;
166 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
167 unsigned int local_gotno;
168 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
169 unsigned int page_gotno;
170 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
172 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
173 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno;
174 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
175 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno;
176 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
177 struct htab *got_entries;
178 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
179 struct htab *got_page_refs;
180 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
181 struct htab *got_page_entries;
182 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
183 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
184 struct mips_got_info *next;
187 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
189 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
191 /* The output bfd. */
193 /* The link information. */
194 struct bfd_link_info *info;
195 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
196 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
198 struct mips_got_info *primary;
199 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
201 struct mips_got_info *current;
202 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
204 unsigned int max_count;
205 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
206 unsigned int max_pages;
207 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
208 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
209 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
211 unsigned int global_count;
214 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
215 when laying out the GOT. */
217 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
219 struct bfd_link_info *info;
220 struct mips_got_info *g;
224 struct _mips_elf_section_data
226 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
233 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
234 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
236 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
237 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
238 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
239 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
241 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
242 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
243 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
244 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
245 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
246 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
248 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
249 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
250 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
251 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
252 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
255 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
256 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
257 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
259 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
262 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
263 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
266 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
268 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
272 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
274 to a separate trampoline section.
276 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
277 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
278 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
279 struct mips_elf_la25_stub {
280 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
281 asection *stub_section;
283 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
286 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
287 in H->root.root.u.def. */
288 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
291 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
293 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
294 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
295 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
296 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
297 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
298 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
299 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
300 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
301 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
303 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
304 the dynamic symbols. */
306 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
308 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
310 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
311 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
312 symbol with a GOT entry. */
313 long min_got_dynindx;
314 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
315 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
316 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
317 long max_unref_got_dynindx;
318 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
319 symbol without a GOT entry. */
320 long max_non_got_dynindx;
323 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
324 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
325 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
330 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
333 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
336 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
339 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
340 bfd_vma gotplt_index;
342 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
343 unsigned int need_mips : 1;
345 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
346 unsigned int need_comp : 1;
349 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
350 the global hash table. */
352 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
354 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
356 /* External symbol information. */
359 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
360 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *la25_stub;
362 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
364 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
366 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
367 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
370 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
371 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
374 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
375 being called returns a floating point value. */
376 asection *call_fp_stub;
378 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
379 unsigned int global_got_area : 2;
381 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
382 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
383 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
384 unsigned int got_only_for_calls : 1;
386 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
387 is against a readonly section. */
388 unsigned int readonly_reloc : 1;
390 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
391 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
392 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
393 unsigned int has_static_relocs : 1;
395 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
396 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
397 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
398 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
399 unsigned int no_fn_stub : 1;
401 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
402 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
403 unsigned int need_fn_stub : 1;
405 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
406 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
407 la25 stub is required. */
408 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches : 1;
410 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
411 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
412 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub : 1;
414 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
415 unsigned int use_plt_entry : 1;
418 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
422 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
424 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
425 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
427 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
428 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
430 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
431 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
432 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
434 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
435 struct elf_link_hash_entry *rld_symbol;
437 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
438 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
440 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
441 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs;
443 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
446 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
447 bfd_boolean is_vxworks;
449 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
450 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported;
452 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
463 /* The master GOT information. */
464 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
466 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
468 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
470 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
471 bfd_vma plt_header_size;
473 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
474 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size;
476 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
477 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size;
479 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
480 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset;
482 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
483 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset;
485 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
486 bfd_vma plt_got_index;
488 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
489 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count;
491 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
492 bfd_vma function_stub_size;
494 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
495 unsigned int reserved_gotno;
497 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
498 See the comment above that structure for details. */
499 asection *strampoline;
501 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
505 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
506 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
507 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
508 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
510 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
512 asection *(*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *, asection *);
514 /* Small local sym cache. */
515 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
517 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
518 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp : 1;
521 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
523 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
524 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
525 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
527 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
528 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
530 /* The usual link-wide information. */
531 struct bfd_link_info *info;
534 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
538 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
540 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
542 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
543 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
545 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
548 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
551 /* The abiflags for this object. */
552 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags;
553 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid;
555 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
556 struct mips_got_info *got;
558 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
559 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
560 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
561 struct mips_elf_find_line *find_line_info;
563 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
564 asection **local_stubs;
565 asection **local_call_stubs;
567 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
568 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
569 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
570 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
571 asection *elf_data_section;
572 asection *elf_text_section;
575 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
577 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
578 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
580 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
581 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
595 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
600 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
603 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
604 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
605 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
606 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
607 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
609 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
614 struct bfd_link_info *info;
615 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
616 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
620 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
622 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
625 "_procedure_string_table",
626 "_procedure_table_size",
630 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
635 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
636 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
637 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
638 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
639 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
640 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
649 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
650 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
651 } Elf32_External_compact_rel;
655 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
656 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
657 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
658 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
659 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
660 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
665 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
666 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
667 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
668 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
669 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
677 } Elf32_External_crinfo;
683 } Elf32_External_crinfo2;
685 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
687 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
688 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
689 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
690 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
691 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
692 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
693 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
694 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
696 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
697 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
698 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
699 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
700 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
702 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
703 has different meaning for each type:
706 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
707 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
708 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
709 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
712 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
713 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
714 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
715 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
717 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
718 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
719 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
720 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
722 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
723 loader for use by the static exception system. */
725 typedef struct runtime_pdr {
726 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
727 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
728 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
729 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
730 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
731 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
732 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
733 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
734 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
736 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
738 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
739 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
741 static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
742 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, bfd_vma, unsigned long,
743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
744 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
745 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
746 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
748 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
749 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
750 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
751 bfd_vma *, asection *);
752 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
753 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
755 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
756 static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
758 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
759 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
760 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
761 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
762 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
764 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
765 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
766 for RM9000 for now. */
767 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
768 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
770 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
771 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
773 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
775 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
776 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
778 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
780 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
781 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
782 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
784 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
785 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
786 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
788 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
789 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
790 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
792 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
793 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
794 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
796 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
797 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
799 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
800 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
801 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
803 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
804 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
805 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
806 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
808 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
809 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
810 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
812 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
813 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
814 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
816 /* The name of the options section. */
817 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
818 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
820 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
821 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
822 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
823 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
825 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
826 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
827 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
829 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
830 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
831 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
832 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
834 /* The name of the stub section. */
835 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
837 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
838 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
839 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
841 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
842 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
843 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
845 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
846 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
847 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
849 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
850 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
851 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
853 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
854 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
855 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
857 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
858 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
859 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
861 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
862 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
863 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
865 /* Get word-sized data. */
866 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
867 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
869 /* Put out word-sized data. */
870 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
872 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
873 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
875 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
876 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
877 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
879 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
880 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
881 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
883 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
884 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
886 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
887 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
888 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
890 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
891 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
892 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
893 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
895 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
896 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
898 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
899 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
901 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
902 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
903 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
905 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
907 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
909 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
910 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
912 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
913 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
914 #define STUB_MOVE 0x03e07825 /* or t7,ra,zero */
915 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
916 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
917 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
918 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
919 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
921 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
922 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
924 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
925 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
927 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
928 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
929 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
930 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS 0x001f7a90 /* or t7,ra,zero */
931 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
932 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
933 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
934 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
935 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
936 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
937 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
938 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
939 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
941 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
942 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
944 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
945 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
946 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
947 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
948 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
949 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
951 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
954 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
955 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
956 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
957 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
960 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
961 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
962 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
963 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
964 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
965 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
966 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
967 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
969 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
970 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
972 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
974 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
975 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
978 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
979 floating point arguments.
981 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
982 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
983 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
984 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
985 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
986 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
987 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
988 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
990 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
991 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
992 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
993 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
994 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
995 stub should be discarded.
997 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
998 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
999 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1000 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1001 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1002 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1003 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1006 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1007 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1008 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1010 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1012 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1013 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1014 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1016 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1017 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1018 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1020 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1021 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1023 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1024 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1025 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1026 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1027 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1028 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1029 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1030 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1033 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1034 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1035 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1037 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1038 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1039 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1040 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1041 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1042 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1043 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1044 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1047 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1048 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1049 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1051 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1052 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1053 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1054 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1055 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1056 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1057 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1058 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1061 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1062 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1063 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1064 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1066 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1067 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1069 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1070 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1071 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1072 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1073 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1074 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1075 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1076 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1080 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1081 in the insn32 mode. */
1082 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1084 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1085 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1086 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1087 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1088 0x001f, 0x7a90, /* or $15, $31, zero */
1089 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1090 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1091 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1094 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1095 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry[] =
1097 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1098 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1099 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1100 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1103 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1104 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1105 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1106 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry[] =
1108 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1109 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1110 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1111 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1114 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1115 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1116 directly addressable. */
1117 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry[] =
1119 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1120 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1121 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1123 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1125 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1128 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1129 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1130 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry[] =
1132 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1133 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1134 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1135 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1138 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1139 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry[] =
1141 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1142 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1143 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1144 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1147 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1148 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1150 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1151 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1152 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1153 0x00000000, /* nop */
1154 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1155 0x00000000 /* nop */
1158 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1159 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] =
1161 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1162 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1163 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1164 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1165 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1166 0x00000000, /* nop */
1167 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1168 0x00000000 /* nop */
1171 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1172 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] =
1174 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1175 0x00000000, /* nop */
1176 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1177 0x00000000, /* nop */
1178 0x00000000, /* nop */
1179 0x00000000 /* nop */
1182 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1183 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] =
1185 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1186 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1189 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1192 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, bfd_vma opcode, bfd_byte *ptr)
1194 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (opcode >> 16) & 0xffff, ptr);
1195 bfd_put_16 (abfd, opcode & 0xffff, ptr + 2);
1198 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1201 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr)
1203 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
1206 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1208 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1209 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1210 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1213 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1215 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1216 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1218 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1221 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1222 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1224 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1225 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1228 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1230 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1231 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1233 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
1237 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1239 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1240 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1242 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
1245 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1247 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1248 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1249 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
1251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
1252 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1254 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1257 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
1259 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1261 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1262 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
1263 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
1267 /* Set local fields. */
1268 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
1269 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1270 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1273 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
1274 ret->fn_stub = NULL;
1275 ret->call_stub = NULL;
1276 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
1277 ret->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
1278 ret->got_only_for_calls = TRUE;
1279 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
1280 ret->has_static_relocs = FALSE;
1281 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
1282 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
1283 ret->has_nonpic_branches = FALSE;
1284 ret->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
1285 ret->use_plt_entry = FALSE;
1288 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1291 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1294 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1296 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata),
1301 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1303 if (!sec->used_by_bfd)
1305 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
1306 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
1308 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1311 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
1314 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
1317 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1318 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1321 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
1322 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1325 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1328 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1329 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
1331 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
1332 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
1335 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
1336 swap->external_hdr_size))
1339 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1340 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
1342 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1344 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1345 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1346 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1349 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1350 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1351 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1352 goto error_return; \
1353 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1354 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1355 goto error_return; \
1358 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1359 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
1360 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
1361 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
1362 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
1363 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
1365 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1366 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1367 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
1368 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
1369 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
1377 if (ext_hdr != NULL)
1379 if (debug->line != NULL)
1381 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
1382 free (debug->external_dnr);
1383 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
1384 free (debug->external_pdr);
1385 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
1386 free (debug->external_sym);
1387 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
1388 free (debug->external_opt);
1389 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
1390 free (debug->external_aux);
1391 if (debug->ss != NULL)
1393 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
1394 free (debug->ssext);
1395 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
1396 free (debug->external_fdr);
1397 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
1398 free (debug->external_rfd);
1399 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
1400 free (debug->external_ext);
1404 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1407 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
1409 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
1410 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
1411 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
1412 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
1413 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
1414 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
1416 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
1417 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
1419 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
1422 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1425 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
1426 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
1427 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1429 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1430 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1432 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
1434 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
1435 struct sym_ext *esym;
1439 bfd_size_type count;
1440 unsigned long sindex;
1444 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
1452 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1454 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1455 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1458 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
1460 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1464 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
1467 size = sizeof (RPDR);
1468 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1472 size = sizeof (char *);
1473 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1477 count = hdr->isymMax;
1478 size = swap->external_sym_size;
1479 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1483 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
1486 count = hdr->issMax;
1487 ss = bfd_malloc (count);
1490 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss))
1493 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1494 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
1496 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
1497 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
1498 rp->adr = sym.value;
1499 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
1500 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
1501 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
1502 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
1503 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
1504 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
1505 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
1507 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
1508 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1512 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
1513 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
1514 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
1517 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
1521 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
1524 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
1526 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
1527 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
1528 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1529 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1531 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
1532 strcpy (str, sv[i]);
1533 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1535 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
1537 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1539 s->contents = rtproc;
1541 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1542 matters, but someday it might). */
1543 s->map_head.link_order = NULL;
1572 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1573 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1576 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1577 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1578 const char *prefix, asection *s, bfd_vma value,
1581 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1582 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1586 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other))
1589 /* Create a new symbol. */
1590 name = concat (prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL);
1592 res = _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1593 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1599 /* Make it a local function. */
1600 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1601 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
1603 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1607 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1608 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1612 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1613 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1616 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1617 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1623 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1624 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1625 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
1626 s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1627 value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
1629 /* Create a new symbol. */
1630 name = concat (prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL);
1632 res = _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1633 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1639 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1640 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1641 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, ELF_ST_TYPE (h->root.type));
1642 elfh->other = h->root.other;
1643 elfh->size = h->root.size;
1644 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1648 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1649 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1652 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection *section)
1656 name = bfd_get_section_name (section->owner, section);
1657 return (FN_STUB_P (name)
1658 || CALL_STUB_P (name)
1659 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)
1660 || strcmp (name, ".pdr") == 0);
1663 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1664 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1665 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1667 static unsigned long
1668 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data *bed,
1669 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1670 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
1671 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
1673 int int_rels_per_ext_rel = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
1674 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
1676 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1677 one in a compound relocation. */
1678 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel += int_rels_per_ext_rel)
1679 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info) == R_MIPS_NONE)
1680 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, rel->r_info);
1682 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1683 the traditional behavior. */
1684 if (relocs < relend)
1685 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, relocs->r_info);
1690 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1694 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1695 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1697 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1698 objects try to call them. */
1699 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1700 && h->root.dynindx != -1)
1702 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info, h, ".mips16.");
1703 h->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
1706 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1707 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1709 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1710 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1711 being included in the link. */
1712 h->fn_stub->size = 0;
1713 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1714 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1715 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1716 h->fn_stub->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1719 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1720 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1722 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1723 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1724 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1725 h->call_stub->size = 0;
1726 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1727 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1728 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1729 h->call_stub->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1732 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1733 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1735 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1736 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1737 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1738 h->call_fp_stub->size = 0;
1739 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1740 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1741 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1742 h->call_fp_stub->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1746 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1749 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_)
1751 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry;
1753 entry = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry_;
1754 return entry->h->root.root.u.def.section->id
1755 + entry->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1759 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
1761 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry1, *entry2;
1763 entry1 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry1_;
1764 entry2 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry2_;
1765 return ((entry1->h->root.root.u.def.section
1766 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.section)
1767 && (entry1->h->root.root.u.def.value
1768 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.value));
1771 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1772 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1776 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1777 asection *(*fn) (const char *, asection *,
1780 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1782 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1786 htab->add_stub_section = fn;
1787 htab->la25_stubs = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash,
1788 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq, NULL);
1789 if (htab->la25_stubs == NULL)
1795 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1796 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1797 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1798 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1799 entry points are of interest here. */
1802 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1804 return ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1805 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1806 && h->root.def_regular
1807 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section)
1808 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other)
1809 || (h->fn_stub && h->need_fn_stub))
1810 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h->root.root.u.def.section->owner)
1811 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other)));
1814 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1815 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1818 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1821 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub->h->root.other))
1823 BFD_ASSERT (stub->h->need_fn_stub);
1824 *sec = stub->h->fn_stub;
1829 *sec = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1830 return stub->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1834 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1835 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1836 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1839 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1840 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1842 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1844 asection *s, *input_section;
1847 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1851 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1852 name = bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1855 sprintf (name, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab->la25_stubs));
1857 /* Create the section. */
1858 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &input_section);
1859 s = htab->add_stub_section (name, input_section,
1860 input_section->output_section);
1864 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1865 align = input_section->alignment_power;
1866 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, align))
1869 s->size = (1 << align) - 8;
1871 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1872 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 8);
1873 stub->stub_section = s;
1874 stub->offset = s->size;
1876 /* Allocate room for it. */
1881 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1882 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1883 the function symbol to it. */
1886 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1887 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1889 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1892 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1896 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1897 s = htab->strampoline;
1900 asection *input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1901 s = htab->add_stub_section (".text", NULL,
1902 input_section->output_section);
1903 if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, 4))
1905 htab->strampoline = s;
1908 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1909 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 16);
1910 stub->stub_section = s;
1911 stub->offset = s->size;
1913 /* Allocate room for it. */
1918 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1919 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1922 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1923 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1925 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1926 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search, *stub;
1927 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p;
1932 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1933 search.stub_section = NULL;
1937 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1938 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1942 slot = htab_find_slot (htab->la25_stubs, &search, INSERT);
1946 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
1949 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1950 h->la25_stub = stub;
1954 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1955 stub = bfd_malloc (sizeof (search));
1961 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1962 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1963 value = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
1964 use_trampoline_p = (value != 0 || s->alignment_power > 4);
1966 h->la25_stub = stub;
1967 return (use_trampoline_p
1968 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub, info)
1969 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub, info));
1972 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1973 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1976 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
1978 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
1980 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
1981 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (hti->info))
1982 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti->info, h);
1984 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h))
1986 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1987 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1988 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section))
1991 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1992 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1993 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1994 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1996 if (bfd_link_relocatable (hti->info))
1998 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti->output_bfd))
1999 h->root.other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other);
2001 else if (h->has_nonpic_branches && !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti->info, h))
2010 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2011 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2014 The format of these instructions is:
2016 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2017 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2018 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2020 +-----------------------------------------------+
2022 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2023 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2025 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2026 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2027 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2028 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2029 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2030 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2031 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2032 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2033 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2034 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2037 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2038 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2039 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2040 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2041 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2042 value as two 16-bit values.
2044 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2048 +--------+----------------------+
2052 +--------+----------------------+
2055 +----------+------+-------------+
2059 +----------+--------------------+
2060 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2061 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2063 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2064 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2065 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2066 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2067 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2069 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2070 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2071 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2074 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2075 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2076 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2077 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2078 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2080 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2082 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2083 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2084 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2085 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2086 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2088 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2091 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2092 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2093 little-endian system. */
2095 static inline bfd_boolean
2096 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2101 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
2102 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
2103 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
2106 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
2107 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
2108 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
2109 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
2110 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
2111 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
2112 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
2120 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2122 static inline bfd_boolean
2123 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2125 return r_type >= R_MICROMIPS_min && r_type < R_MICROMIPS_max;
2128 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2129 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2130 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2132 static inline bfd_boolean
2133 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type)
2135 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
2136 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2137 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
2140 static inline bfd_boolean
2141 got16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2143 return (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
2144 || r_type == R_MIPS16_GOT16
2145 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16);
2148 static inline bfd_boolean
2149 call16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2151 return (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16
2152 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16
2153 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL16);
2156 static inline bfd_boolean
2157 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2159 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP;
2162 static inline bfd_boolean
2163 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2165 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE;
2168 static inline bfd_boolean
2169 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2171 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16;
2174 static inline bfd_boolean
2175 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2177 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16;
2180 static inline bfd_boolean
2181 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2183 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16;
2186 static inline bfd_boolean
2187 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2189 return (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
2190 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16
2191 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2192 || r_type == R_MIPS_PCHI16);
2195 static inline bfd_boolean
2196 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2198 return (r_type == R_MIPS_LO16
2199 || r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16
2200 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2201 || r_type == R_MIPS_PCLO16);
2204 static inline bfd_boolean
2205 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type)
2207 return r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
2210 static inline bfd_boolean
2211 jal_reloc_p (int r_type)
2213 return (r_type == R_MIPS_26
2214 || r_type == R_MIPS16_26
2215 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1);
2218 static inline bfd_boolean
2219 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type)
2221 return (r_type == R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2222 || r_type == R_MIPS_PC19_S2);
2225 static inline bfd_boolean
2226 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type)
2228 return (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2229 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2230 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2231 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
2234 static inline bfd_boolean
2235 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2237 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2238 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2239 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD);
2242 static inline bfd_boolean
2243 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2245 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2246 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2247 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM);
2250 static inline bfd_boolean
2251 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2253 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2254 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2255 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL);
2259 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2260 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2262 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2264 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2267 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2268 first = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
2269 second = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
2270 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2271 val = first << 16 | second;
2272 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2273 val = (((first & 0xf800) << 16) | ((second & 0xffe0) << 11)
2274 | ((first & 0x1f) << 11) | (first & 0x7e0) | (second & 0x1f));
2276 val = (((first & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first & 0x3e0) << 11)
2277 | ((first & 0x1f) << 21) | second);
2278 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data);
2282 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2283 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2285 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2287 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2290 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
2291 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2293 second = val & 0xffff;
2296 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2298 second = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
2299 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
2303 second = val & 0xffff;
2304 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
2305 | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
2307 bfd_put_16 (abfd, second, data + 2);
2308 bfd_put_16 (abfd, first, data);
2311 bfd_reloc_status_type
2312 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
2313 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
2314 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
2318 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2320 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
2323 relocation = symbol->value;
2325 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2326 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
2328 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2329 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2331 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2332 val = reloc_entry->addend;
2334 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
2336 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2337 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2338 an external symbol. */
2340 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2341 val += relocation - gp;
2343 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2345 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2347 + reloc_entry->address);
2348 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2352 reloc_entry->addend = val;
2355 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2357 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2360 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2361 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2362 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2367 struct mips_hi16 *next;
2369 asection *input_section;
2373 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2375 static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
2377 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2378 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2379 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2381 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2382 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2383 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2384 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2386 bfd_reloc_status_type
2387 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2388 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
2389 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2390 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2392 struct mips_hi16 *n;
2394 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2395 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2397 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
2399 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2401 n->next = mips_hi16_list;
2403 n->input_section = input_section;
2404 n->rel = *reloc_entry;
2407 if (output_bfd != NULL)
2408 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2410 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2413 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2414 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2415 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2417 bfd_reloc_status_type
2418 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2419 void *data, asection *input_section,
2420 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2422 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
2423 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
2424 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
2425 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2426 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2427 input_section, output_bfd,
2430 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2431 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
2434 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2435 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2436 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2438 bfd_reloc_status_type
2439 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2440 void *data, asection *input_section,
2441 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2444 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2446 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2447 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2449 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2451 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
2452 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2455 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
2457 bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
2458 struct mips_hi16 *hi;
2460 hi = mips_hi16_list;
2462 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2463 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2464 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2465 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2466 has a rightshift of 0. */
2467 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
2468 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2469 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS16_GOT16)
2470 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS16_HI16, FALSE);
2471 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16)
2472 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MICROMIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2474 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2475 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2476 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2478 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
2479 hi->input_section, output_bfd,
2481 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
2484 mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
2488 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2489 input_section, output_bfd,
2493 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2494 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2495 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2497 bfd_reloc_status_type
2498 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2499 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2500 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2501 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2504 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2505 bfd_boolean relocatable;
2507 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
2509 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2510 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2512 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2514 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2516 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2517 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2518 offset or address. */
2519 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2520 val += symbol->section->output_offset;
2525 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2526 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2527 val += symbol->value;
2528 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
2530 val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
2531 val -= input_section->output_offset;
2532 val -= reloc_entry->address;
2536 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2537 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2538 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2539 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2540 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2541 reloc_entry->addend += val;
2544 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2546 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2547 val += reloc_entry->addend;
2549 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2550 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2552 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2554 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2557 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2562 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2564 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2567 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2568 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2571 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
2574 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2575 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2579 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
2580 Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
2582 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2583 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2587 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
2588 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
2590 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
2591 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
2592 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
2593 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
2594 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
2595 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
2599 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
2600 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
2604 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
2605 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
2606 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
2607 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
2608 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
2609 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
2610 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
2613 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2614 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2615 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2618 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
2621 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2622 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2623 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2624 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2625 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2626 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2630 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
2631 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
2633 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2634 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2635 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2636 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2637 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2638 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2641 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2642 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2643 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2644 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2645 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2648 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
2649 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
2651 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2652 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
2653 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2654 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2655 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2656 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2657 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2661 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
2662 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
2664 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2665 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
2666 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2667 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2668 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2669 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2670 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2673 /* Swap in an options header. */
2676 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
2677 Elf_Internal_Options *in)
2679 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
2680 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
2681 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
2682 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
2685 /* Swap out an options header. */
2688 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
2689 Elf_External_Options *ex)
2691 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
2692 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
2693 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
2694 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
2697 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2700 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd *abfd,
2701 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 *ex,
2702 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *in)
2704 in->version = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->version);
2705 in->isa_level = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->isa_level);
2706 in->isa_rev = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->isa_rev);
2707 in->gpr_size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->gpr_size);
2708 in->cpr1_size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->cpr1_size);
2709 in->cpr2_size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->cpr2_size);
2710 in->fp_abi = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->fp_abi);
2711 in->isa_ext = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->isa_ext);
2712 in->ases = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ases);
2713 in->flags1 = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->flags1);
2714 in->flags2 = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->flags2);
2717 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2720 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd *abfd,
2721 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *in,
2722 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 *ex)
2724 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->version, ex->version);
2725 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->isa_level, ex->isa_level);
2726 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->isa_rev, ex->isa_rev);
2727 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->gpr_size, ex->gpr_size);
2728 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->cpr1_size, ex->cpr1_size);
2729 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->cpr2_size, ex->cpr2_size);
2730 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->fp_abi, ex->fp_abi);
2731 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->isa_ext, ex->isa_ext);
2732 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ases, ex->ases);
2733 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->flags1, ex->flags1);
2734 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->flags2, ex->flags2);
2737 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2738 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2741 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
2743 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
2744 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
2747 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
2748 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
2750 diff = ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
2754 if (int_reloc1.r_offset < int_reloc2.r_offset)
2756 if (int_reloc1.r_offset > int_reloc2.r_offset)
2761 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2764 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2765 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2768 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
2769 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
2771 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2772 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
2773 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2774 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
2776 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2778 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2781 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset < int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2783 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset > int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2792 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2793 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2794 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2795 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2796 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2797 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2798 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2799 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2800 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2801 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2802 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2803 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2804 when generating a final executable. */
2807 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
2809 struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
2811 asection *sec, *output_section;
2813 if (h->root.indx == -2)
2815 else if ((h->root.def_dynamic
2816 || h->root.ref_dynamic
2817 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
2818 && !h->root.def_regular
2819 && !h->root.ref_regular)
2821 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
2822 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
2823 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
2824 h->root.root.root.string,
2825 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
2833 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
2836 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
2837 h->esym.weakext = 0;
2838 h->esym.reserved = 0;
2839 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
2840 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2841 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
2843 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
2844 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2848 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2850 name = h->root.root.root.string;
2851 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
2852 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
2854 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2855 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2856 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2858 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
2860 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2861 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2862 h->esym.asym.value =
2863 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
2865 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
2867 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2868 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2869 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
2872 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2874 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
2875 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2876 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2881 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2882 output_section = sec->output_section;
2884 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2885 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2886 if (output_section == NULL)
2887 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2890 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
2892 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
2893 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
2894 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
2895 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2896 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
2897 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
2898 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
2899 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
2900 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
2901 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
2902 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2903 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
2904 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2905 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
2906 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
2907 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
2908 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
2910 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2914 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
2915 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
2918 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
2919 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
2920 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2921 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2923 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
2924 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2925 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
2926 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2928 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2929 output_section = sec->output_section;
2930 if (output_section != NULL)
2931 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
2932 + sec->output_offset
2933 + output_section->vma);
2935 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2939 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
2941 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2942 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
2944 if (hd->needs_lazy_stub)
2946 BFD_ASSERT (hd->root.plt.plist != NULL);
2947 BFD_ASSERT (hd->root.plt.plist->stub_offset != MINUS_ONE);
2948 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2949 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
2950 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
2952 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2955 output_section = sec->output_section;
2956 if (output_section != NULL)
2957 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.plist->stub_offset
2958 + sec->output_offset
2959 + output_section->vma);
2961 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2966 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
2967 h->root.root.root.string,
2970 einfo->failed = TRUE;
2977 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2980 gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
2982 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
2983 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
2985 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
2988 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2990 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
2993 static INLINE hashval_t
2994 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
2997 return addr + (addr >> 32);
3004 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
3006 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
3008 return (entry->symndx
3009 + ((entry->tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM) << 18)
3010 + (entry->tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM ? 0
3011 : !entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
3012 : entry->symndx >= 0 ? (entry->abfd->id
3013 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend))
3014 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
3018 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
3020 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
3021 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
3023 return (e1->symndx == e2->symndx
3024 && e1->tls_type == e2->tls_type
3025 && (e1->tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM ? TRUE
3026 : !e1->abfd ? !e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
3027 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? (e1->abfd == e2->abfd
3028 && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend)
3029 : e2->abfd && e1->d.h == e2->d.h));
3033 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_)
3035 const struct mips_got_page_ref *ref;
3037 ref = (const struct mips_got_page_ref *) ref_;
3038 return ((ref->symndx >= 0
3039 ? (hashval_t) (ref->u.abfd->id + ref->symndx)
3040 : ref->u.h->root.root.root.hash)
3041 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref->addend));
3045 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_, const void *ref2_)
3047 const struct mips_got_page_ref *ref1, *ref2;
3049 ref1 = (const struct mips_got_page_ref *) ref1_;
3050 ref2 = (const struct mips_got_page_ref *) ref2_;
3051 return (ref1->symndx == ref2->symndx
3052 && (ref1->symndx < 0
3053 ? ref1->u.h == ref2->u.h
3054 : ref1->u.abfd == ref2->u.abfd)
3055 && ref1->addend == ref2->addend);
3059 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
3061 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
3063 entry = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry_;
3064 return entry->sec->id;
3068 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
3070 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry1, *entry2;
3072 entry1 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry1_;
3073 entry2 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry2_;
3074 return entry1->sec == entry2->sec;
3077 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3079 static struct mips_got_info *
3080 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd *abfd)
3082 struct mips_got_info *g;
3084 g = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
3088 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
3089 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
3090 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
3093 g->got_page_refs = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash,
3094 mips_got_page_ref_eq, NULL);
3095 if (g->got_page_refs == NULL)
3101 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3102 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3104 static struct mips_got_info *
3105 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean create_p)
3107 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *tdata;
3109 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd))
3112 tdata = mips_elf_tdata (abfd);
3113 if (!tdata->got && create_p)
3114 tdata->got = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd);
3118 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3121 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g)
3123 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *tdata;
3125 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd));
3126 tdata = mips_elf_tdata (abfd);
3129 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3130 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3131 htab_delete (tdata->got->got_entries);
3132 htab_delete (tdata->got->got_page_refs);
3133 if (tdata->got->got_page_entries)
3134 htab_delete (tdata->got->got_page_entries);
3139 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3140 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3141 if creation fails. */
3144 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p)
3150 dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info);
3151 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3152 sreloc = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, dname);
3153 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
3155 sreloc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, dname,
3160 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3163 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
3164 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
3170 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3173 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type)
3175 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type))
3178 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3181 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type))
3184 return GOT_TLS_NONE;
3187 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3190 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type)
3207 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3208 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3212 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type,
3213 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3216 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
3217 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
3219 if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, bfd_link_pic (info), h)
3220 && (!bfd_link_pic (info) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
3223 if ((bfd_link_pic (info) || indx != 0)
3225 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3226 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3235 return indx != 0 ? 2 : 1;
3241 return bfd_link_pic (info) ? 1 : 0;
3248 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3252 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3253 struct mips_got_info *g,
3254 struct mips_got_entry *entry)
3256 if (entry->tls_type)
3258 g->tls_gotno += mips_tls_got_entries (entry->tls_type);
3259 g->relocs += mips_tls_got_relocs (info, entry->tls_type,
3261 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
3263 else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE)
3264 g->local_gotno += 1;
3266 g->global_gotno += 1;
3269 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3272 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
3274 unsigned long reloc_index,
3279 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
3281 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
3283 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type);
3284 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
3286 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
3288 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
3289 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
3291 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
3294 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3295 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
3297 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
3300 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3303 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3304 struct mips_got_entry *entry,
3305 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3308 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3310 asection *sreloc, *sgot;
3311 bfd_vma got_offset, got_offset2;
3312 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
3314 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3323 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
3325 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, bfd_link_pic (info),
3327 && (!bfd_link_pic (info)
3328 || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
3329 indx = h->root.dynindx;
3332 if (entry->tls_initialized)
3335 if ((bfd_link_pic (info) || indx != 0)
3337 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT
3338 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3341 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3342 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3343 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3344 BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs)
3345 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
3347 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3348 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3349 got_offset = entry->gotidx;
3351 switch (entry->tls_type)
3354 /* General Dynamic. */
3355 got_offset2 = got_offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3359 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3360 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3361 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3362 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3365 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3366 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3367 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
3368 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset2);
3370 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3371 sgot->contents + got_offset2);
3375 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3376 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3377 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3378 sgot->contents + got_offset2);
3383 /* Initial Exec model. */
3387 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma,
3388 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3390 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3391 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3393 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3394 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3395 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
3396 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3399 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info),
3400 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3404 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3405 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3406 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3407 sgot->contents + got_offset
3408 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
3410 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
3411 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3412 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3414 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3415 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3416 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3417 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3424 entry->tls_initialized = TRUE;
3427 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3428 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3429 will be negative. */
3432 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3433 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3435 bfd_vma got_address, got_value;
3436 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3438 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3439 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3441 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.plist != NULL);
3442 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.plist->gotplt_index != MINUS_ONE);
3444 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3445 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
3446 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3447 + (h->plt.plist->gotplt_index
3448 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info->output_bfd)));
3450 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3451 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3452 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3453 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3455 return got_address - got_value;
3458 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3459 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3460 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3461 offset can be found. */
3464 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3465 bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
3466 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
3468 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3469 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3471 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3472 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3474 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value,
3475 r_symndx, h, r_type);
3479 if (entry->tls_type)
3480 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, info, entry, h, value);
3481 return entry->gotidx;
3484 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3487 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3488 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3490 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3491 long global_got_dynindx;
3492 struct mips_got_info *g;
3495 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3496 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3498 global_got_dynindx = 0;
3499 if (htab->global_gotsym != NULL)
3500 global_got_dynindx = htab->global_gotsym->dynindx;
3502 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3503 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3504 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3506 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
3507 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd, FALSE);
3508 got_index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
3509 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd));
3510 BFD_ASSERT (got_index < htab->sgot->size);
3515 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3516 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3519 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *ibfd,
3520 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
3522 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3523 struct mips_got_info *g;
3524 struct mips_got_entry lookup, *entry;
3527 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3528 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3530 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
3533 lookup.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3534 if (!lookup.tls_type && g == mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd, FALSE))
3535 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd, info, h);
3539 lookup.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3540 entry = htab_find (g->got_entries, &lookup);
3543 gotidx = entry->gotidx;
3544 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx > 0 && gotidx < htab->sgot->size);
3546 if (lookup.tls_type)
3548 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3550 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3551 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3552 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3553 value = (h->root.u.def.value
3554 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3555 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3557 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd, info, entry, lookup.d.h, value);
3562 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3563 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3564 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3565 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3566 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3569 mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3570 bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
3572 bfd_vma page, got_index;
3573 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3575 page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
3576 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, page, 0,
3577 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
3582 got_index = entry->gotidx;
3585 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
3590 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3591 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3592 symbol that binds locally. */
3595 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3596 bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
3598 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3600 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3601 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3602 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3603 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3605 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
3607 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3608 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3609 same in all cases. */
3610 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value, 0,
3611 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
3613 return entry->gotidx;
3618 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3622 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *output_bfd,
3623 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma got_index)
3625 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3629 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3630 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3633 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
3634 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
3636 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + got_index - gp;
3639 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3640 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3641 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3644 static struct mips_got_entry *
3645 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3646 bfd *ibfd, bfd_vma value,
3647 unsigned long r_symndx,
3648 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3651 struct mips_got_entry lookup, *entry;
3653 struct mips_got_info *g;
3654 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3657 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3658 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3660 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
3663 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, FALSE);
3664 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3667 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3669 BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
3671 lookup.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3672 if (lookup.tls_type)
3675 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3678 lookup.d.addend = 0;
3682 lookup.symndx = r_symndx;
3683 lookup.d.addend = 0;
3691 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries, &lookup);
3694 gotidx = entry->gotidx;
3695 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx > 0 && gotidx < htab->sgot->size);
3702 lookup.d.address = value;
3703 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
3707 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *loc;
3711 if (g->assigned_low_gotno > g->assigned_high_gotno)
3713 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3714 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3715 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3716 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3720 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3724 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
3725 || call16_reloc_p (r_type)
3726 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type)
3727 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type))
3728 lookup.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_low_gotno++;
3730 lookup.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_high_gotno--;
3735 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value, htab->sgot->contents + entry->gotidx);
3737 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3738 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3740 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3743 bfd_vma got_address;
3745 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3746 got_address = (htab->sgot->output_section->vma
3747 + htab->sgot->output_offset
3750 rloc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
3751 outrel.r_offset = got_address;
3752 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32);
3753 outrel.r_addend = value;
3754 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, rloc);
3760 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3761 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3762 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3763 the current linking stage. */
3765 static bfd_size_type
3766 count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3768 bfd_size_type count;
3771 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3772 || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
3775 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3777 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
3778 for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
3779 if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3780 && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3781 && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
3787 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3788 appear towards the end. */
3791 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3793 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3794 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
3795 struct mips_got_info *g;
3797 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount == 0)
3800 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3801 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3808 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3809 = hsd.min_got_dynindx
3810 = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->reloc_only_gotno);
3811 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info) + 1;
3812 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
3813 elf_hash_table (info)),
3814 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
3817 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3818 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3819 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
3820 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3821 == elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
3822 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - hsd.min_got_dynindx
3823 == g->global_gotno);
3825 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3826 table index in the GOT. */
3827 htab->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
3832 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3833 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3837 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
3839 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
3841 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3843 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
3846 switch (h->global_got_area)
3849 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
3853 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
3854 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3857 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY:
3858 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
3859 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3860 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
3867 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3868 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3869 hash table directly). */
3872 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
3873 struct mips_got_entry *lookup)
3875 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3876 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3877 struct mips_got_info *g;
3878 void **loc, **bfd_loc;
3880 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3881 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3883 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, lookup, INSERT);
3887 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3888 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *loc;
3891 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3895 lookup->tls_initialized = FALSE;
3896 lookup->gotidx = -1;
3901 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3902 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, TRUE);
3906 bfd_loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, lookup, INSERT);
3915 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3916 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3917 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3920 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3921 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3922 bfd_boolean for_call, int r_type)
3924 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3925 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
3926 struct mips_got_entry entry;
3927 unsigned char tls_type;
3929 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3930 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3932 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3934 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
3936 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3938 if (h->dynindx == -1)
3940 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
3944 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
3947 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3951 tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3952 if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_NONE && hmips->global_got_area > GGA_NORMAL)
3953 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_NORMAL;
3957 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3958 entry.tls_type = tls_type;
3959 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info, abfd, &entry);
3962 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
3963 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
3966 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
3967 struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type)
3969 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3970 struct mips_got_info *g;
3971 struct mips_got_entry entry;
3973 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3974 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3977 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3980 entry.symndx = symndx;
3981 entry.d.addend = addend;
3982 entry.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3983 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info, abfd, &entry);
3986 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
3987 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
3991 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
3992 long symndx, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3993 bfd_signed_vma addend)
3995 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3996 struct mips_got_info *g1, *g2;
3997 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup, *entry;
3998 void **loc, **bfd_loc;
4000 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4001 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4003 g1 = htab->got_info;
4004 BFD_ASSERT (g1 != NULL);
4009 lookup.u.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
4013 lookup.symndx = symndx;
4014 lookup.u.abfd = abfd;
4016 lookup.addend = addend;
4017 loc = htab_find_slot (g1->got_page_refs, &lookup, INSERT);
4021 entry = (struct mips_got_page_ref *) *loc;
4024 entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
4032 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4033 g2 = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, TRUE);
4037 bfd_loc = htab_find_slot (g2->got_page_refs, &lookup, INSERT);
4047 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4050 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4054 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4056 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4057 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4059 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
4060 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4062 if (htab->is_vxworks)
4063 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
4068 /* Make room for a null element. */
4069 s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
4072 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
4076 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4077 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4078 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4079 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4082 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
4084 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4085 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4087 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4088 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4089 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
4091 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4094 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4095 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4101 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry);
4105 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4106 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4107 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4108 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4111 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
4113 struct mips_got_entry new_entry, *entry;
4114 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4117 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4118 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4119 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4120 && entry->symndx == -1
4121 && (entry->d.h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4122 || entry->d.h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning))
4124 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4131 BFD_ASSERT (h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
4132 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
4134 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4135 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning);
4138 slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
4146 if (entry == &new_entry)
4148 entry = bfd_alloc (entry->abfd, sizeof (*entry));
4157 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry);
4162 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4165 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range *range)
4167 return (range->max_addend - range->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4170 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4173 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg,
4174 asection *sec, bfd_signed_vma addend)
4176 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
4177 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup, *entry;
4178 struct mips_got_page_range **range_ptr, *range;
4179 bfd_vma old_pages, new_pages;
4182 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4184 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
4188 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4189 seen the section. */
4190 entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *loc;
4193 entry = bfd_zalloc (arg->info->output_bfd, sizeof (*entry));
4201 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4203 range_ptr = &entry->ranges;
4204 while (*range_ptr && addend > (*range_ptr)->max_addend + 0xffff)
4205 range_ptr = &(*range_ptr)->next;
4207 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4208 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4209 a new singleton range. */
4211 if (!range || addend < range->min_addend - 0xffff)
4213 range = bfd_zalloc (arg->info->output_bfd, sizeof (*range));
4217 range->next = *range_ptr;
4218 range->min_addend = addend;
4219 range->max_addend = addend;
4227 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4228 old_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
4230 /* Update the ranges. */
4231 if (addend < range->min_addend)
4232 range->min_addend = addend;
4233 else if (addend > range->max_addend)
4235 if (range->next && addend >= range->next->min_addend - 0xffff)
4237 old_pages += mips_elf_pages_for_range (range->next);
4238 range->max_addend = range->next->max_addend;
4239 range->next = range->next->next;
4242 range->max_addend = addend;
4245 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4246 new_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
4247 if (old_pages != new_pages)
4249 entry->num_pages += new_pages - old_pages;
4250 g->page_gotno += new_pages - old_pages;
4256 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4257 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4258 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4259 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4262 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp, void *data)
4264 struct mips_got_page_ref *ref;
4265 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4266 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4270 ref = (struct mips_got_page_ref *) *refp;
4271 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4272 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (arg->info);
4274 if (ref->symndx < 0)
4276 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4278 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4280 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg->info, &h->root))
4283 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4285 if (!((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4286 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4287 && h->root.root.u.def.section))
4290 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
4291 addend = h->root.root.u.def.value + ref->addend;
4295 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
4297 /* Read in the symbol. */
4298 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, ref->u.abfd,
4306 /* Get the associated input section. */
4307 sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref->u.abfd, isym->st_shndx);
4314 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4315 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4316 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4317 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4318 if (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
4322 secinfo = elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info;
4323 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4324 addend = _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref->u.abfd, &sec, secinfo,
4325 isym->st_value + ref->addend);
4327 addend = _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref->u.abfd, &sec, secinfo,
4328 isym->st_value) + ref->addend;
4331 addend = isym->st_value + ref->addend;
4333 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg, sec, addend))
4341 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4342 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4343 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4344 that they require. */
4347 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4348 struct mips_got_info *g)
4350 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
4351 struct mips_got_info oldg;
4358 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_check_recreate_got, &tga);
4362 g->got_entries = htab_create (htab_size (oldg.got_entries),
4363 mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
4364 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4365 if (!g->got_entries)
4368 htab_traverse (oldg.got_entries, mips_elf_recreate_got, &tga);
4372 htab_delete (oldg.got_entries);
4375 g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4376 mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
4377 if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
4382 htab_traverse (g->got_page_refs, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref, &tga);
4387 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4391 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4392 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4394 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4395 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4396 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4397 symbols later if appropriate. */
4398 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
4401 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4402 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4403 if (h->got_only_for_calls
4404 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)
4405 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
4408 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4409 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4410 the local rather than global GOT. */
4411 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && h->has_static_relocs)
4417 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4418 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4419 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4420 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4421 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4424 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
4426 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4427 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4428 struct mips_got_info *g;
4430 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4431 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4433 if (h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4435 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4436 local or global GOT. */
4437 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info, h))
4438 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4439 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4440 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4441 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4442 else if (htab->is_vxworks
4443 && h->got_only_for_calls
4444 && h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
4445 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4446 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4447 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4448 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4449 else if (h->global_got_area == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
4451 g->reloc_only_gotno++;
4458 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4459 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4462 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp, void *data)
4464 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4465 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4468 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4469 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4470 slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
4479 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry);
4484 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4485 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4488 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp, void *data)
4490 struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
4491 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4494 entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *entryp;
4495 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4496 slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_page_entries, entry, INSERT);
4505 arg->g->page_gotno += entry->num_pages;
4510 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4511 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4512 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4513 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4517 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *from,
4518 struct mips_got_info *to,
4519 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
4521 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
4522 unsigned int estimate;
4524 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4525 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4526 if (estimate >= from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno)
4527 estimate = from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno;
4529 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4531 estimate += from->local_gotno + to->local_gotno;
4532 estimate += from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno;
4534 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4535 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4536 conservatively as well. */
4537 if (to == arg->primary && from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno)
4538 estimate += arg->global_count;
4540 estimate += from->global_gotno + to->global_gotno;
4542 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4543 if (estimate > arg->max_count)
4546 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4547 tga.info = arg->info;
4549 htab_traverse (from->got_entries, mips_elf_add_got_entry, &tga);
4553 htab_traverse (from->got_page_entries, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry, &tga);
4557 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd, to);
4561 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4562 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4563 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4564 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4565 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4566 and then make make the new got current. */
4569 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g,
4570 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
4572 unsigned int estimate;
4575 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg->info, g))
4578 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4579 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4580 if (estimate > g->page_gotno)
4581 estimate = g->page_gotno;
4582 estimate += g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4584 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4585 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4586 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4587 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4588 estimate += (g->tls_gotno > 0 ? arg->global_count : g->global_gotno);
4590 if (estimate <= arg->max_count)
4592 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4593 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4600 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4601 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd, g, arg->primary, arg);
4606 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4609 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd, g, arg->current, arg);
4614 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4615 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4616 overflows anyway. */
4617 g->next = arg->current;
4623 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4624 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4625 an index in a different GOT. */
4628 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp, long gotidx)
4630 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4632 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4633 if (entry->gotidx > 0)
4635 struct mips_got_entry *new_entry;
4637 new_entry = bfd_alloc (entry->abfd, sizeof (*entry));
4641 *new_entry = *entry;
4642 *entryp = new_entry;
4645 entry->gotidx = gotidx;
4649 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4650 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4651 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4654 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *data)
4656 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4657 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4659 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4660 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4661 if (entry->tls_type == GOT_TLS_NONE)
4664 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4665 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp, arg->value * arg->g->tls_assigned_gotno))
4671 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4672 arg->g->tls_assigned_gotno += mips_tls_got_entries (entry->tls_type);
4676 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4677 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4678 symbol to DATA->value. */
4681 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp, void *data)
4683 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4684 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4686 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4687 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4688 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4689 && entry->symndx == -1
4690 && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4691 entry->d.h->global_got_area = arg->value;
4695 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4696 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4697 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4698 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4701 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp, void *data)
4703 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4704 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4706 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4707 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4708 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4709 && entry->symndx == -1
4710 && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4712 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp, arg->value * arg->g->assigned_low_gotno))
4717 arg->g->assigned_low_gotno += 1;
4719 if (bfd_link_pic (arg->info)
4720 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
4721 && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic
4722 && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular))
4723 arg->g->relocs += 1;
4729 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4730 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4731 lazy-binding stubs. */
4734 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp, void *data)
4736 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4737 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4738 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4740 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4741 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4742 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4743 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4745 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4746 && entry->symndx == -1
4747 && entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub)
4749 entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
4750 htab->lazy_stub_count--;
4756 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4759 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
4764 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
4768 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
4772 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno)
4773 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4776 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4777 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4780 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4781 asection *got, bfd_size_type pages)
4783 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4784 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
4785 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
4786 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
4787 unsigned int assign, needed_relocs;
4790 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4791 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4792 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4796 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
4797 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
4798 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
4799 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
4800 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)
4801 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
4802 - htab->reserved_gotno);
4803 got_per_bfd_arg.max_pages = pages;
4804 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4805 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4807 got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno;
4809 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4810 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4811 to be the primary GOT. */
4812 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4814 gg = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
4815 if (gg && !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd, gg, &got_per_bfd_arg))
4819 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4820 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
4821 g->next = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd);
4823 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
4824 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
4826 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4830 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4831 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4832 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4833 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4835 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd, g);
4837 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4838 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4839 those that are actually referenced. */
4840 gg->reloc_only_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
4841 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
4844 tga.value = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
4845 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_area, &tga);
4846 tga.value = GGA_NORMAL;
4847 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_area, &tga);
4849 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4850 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4851 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4852 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4853 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4854 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4855 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4856 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4857 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4858 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4859 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4860 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4861 points back to the master GOT. */
4862 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
4863 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
4870 struct mips_got_info *gn;
4872 assign += htab->reserved_gotno;
4873 g->assigned_low_gotno = assign;
4874 g->local_gotno += assign;
4875 g->local_gotno += (pages < g->page_gotno ? pages : g->page_gotno);
4876 g->assigned_high_gotno = g->local_gotno - 1;
4877 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4879 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4880 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4881 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4886 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4887 all non-TLS entries. */
4888 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
4890 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4891 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, &tga);
4894 BFD_ASSERT (g->tls_assigned_gotno == assign);
4896 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4899 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4900 lazy-binding stubs. */
4902 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs, info);
4906 got->size = assign * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4909 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
4911 unsigned int save_assign;
4913 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4914 relocations they need. */
4915 save_assign = g->assigned_low_gotno;
4916 g->assigned_low_gotno = g->local_gotno;
4918 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4920 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx, &tga);
4923 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_low_gotno == g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno);
4924 g->assigned_low_gotno = save_assign;
4926 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4928 g->relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_low_gotno;
4929 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_low_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
4930 + g->next->global_gotno
4931 + g->next->tls_gotno
4932 + htab->reserved_gotno);
4934 needed_relocs += g->relocs;
4936 needed_relocs += g->relocs;
4939 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
4946 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4947 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4949 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
4950 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
4951 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4952 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
4954 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info);
4956 while (relocation < relend)
4958 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type
4959 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_symndx)
4965 /* We didn't find it. */
4969 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4972 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
4973 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4974 asection **local_sections)
4976 unsigned long r_symndx;
4977 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4980 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
4981 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
4982 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
4984 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
4986 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
4992 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
4995 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
4997 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
4998 /* VALUE is negative. */
4999 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
5004 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5005 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5009 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
5011 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
5013 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
5014 /* The value is too big. */
5016 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
5017 /* The value is too small. */
5024 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5027 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
5029 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5032 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5035 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5038 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5045 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5048 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5051 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5058 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5061 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5062 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5065 register asection *s;
5067 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
5069 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5072 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags);
5074 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
5075 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
5078 s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
5084 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5087 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
5090 register asection *s;
5091 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5092 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
5093 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5095 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5096 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5098 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5102 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
5103 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
5105 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5106 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5107 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
5109 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
5113 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5114 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5115 are not creating a global offset table. */
5117 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5118 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
5119 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
5122 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
5125 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
5126 h->other = (h->other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN;
5127 elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
5129 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5130 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5133 htab->got_info = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd);
5134 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
5135 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
5137 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5138 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
5139 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
5142 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
5150 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5151 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5152 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5155 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5157 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks
5158 && bfd_link_pic (info)
5159 && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5160 || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5163 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5164 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5165 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5169 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd *input_bfd, int r_type,
5170 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5172 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5173 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5174 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5175 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5176 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5177 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd))
5184 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2:
5185 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2:
5186 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
5187 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
5188 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
5189 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
5190 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
5194 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p;
5201 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5202 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5203 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5205 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5206 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5207 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5209 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5210 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5211 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5212 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5214 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5215 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
5216 asection *input_section,
5217 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5218 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5219 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
5220 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
5221 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
5223 bfd_boolean *cross_mode_jump_p,
5224 bfd_boolean save_addend)
5226 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5228 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5231 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5232 shared object file being produced. */
5234 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5237 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5239 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5240 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5241 during execution. */
5242 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
5243 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5245 asection *sec = NULL;
5246 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5247 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5249 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
5250 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5251 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
5252 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5253 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5254 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE;
5255 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5257 unsigned long r_symndx;
5259 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5260 relocation value. */
5261 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
5262 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5263 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5264 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p = FALSE;
5265 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5268 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5269 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5270 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5272 /* Parse the relocation. */
5273 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5274 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5275 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
5276 + input_section->output_offset
5277 + relocation->r_offset);
5279 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5280 overflowed_p = FALSE;
5282 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5283 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5284 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
5285 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
5287 was_local_p = local_p;
5288 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
5289 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5292 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5293 must come before globals. */
5297 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5300 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
5302 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
5303 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
5305 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5306 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
5307 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
5308 symbol += sym->st_value;
5309 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
5310 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
5312 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
5314 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5317 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5318 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
5321 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5322 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
5323 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
5325 if (*namep == NULL || **namep == '\0')
5326 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5328 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other);
5329 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other);
5333 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5335 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5336 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5337 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5338 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5339 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5340 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5341 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
5343 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5344 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
5346 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5347 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5348 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
5349 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
5351 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5352 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5353 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type))
5354 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5358 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5359 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5360 else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5361 gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE;
5364 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5365 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5366 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5368 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5369 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5370 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
5372 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
5373 if (sec->output_section)
5374 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
5375 + sec->output_section->vma
5376 + sec->output_offset);
5378 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
5380 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5381 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5382 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5383 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5386 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
5387 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5389 else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd)
5390 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5392 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5393 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5394 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5395 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5396 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5398 BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_pic (info));
5399 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
5402 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other))
5404 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5405 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5406 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5407 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5408 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5409 which is available from here:
5410 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5413 else if ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
5414 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
5415 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
5416 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
5417 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other)))
5419 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5423 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5426 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other);
5427 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other);
5430 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5431 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5433 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5435 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5436 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5438 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5439 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26
5440 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
5442 && h->fn_stub != NULL
5443 && (r_type != R_MIPS16_CALL16 || h->need_fn_stub))
5445 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
5446 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5447 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section))
5449 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5450 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5454 sec = mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
5459 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
5462 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5463 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5464 sec = h->la25_stub->stub_section;
5465 value = h->la25_stub->offset;
5474 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + value;
5475 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5476 target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5478 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5479 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5480 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5481 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5482 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
5483 && ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL))
5485 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL
5486 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5487 && ((h != NULL && h->use_plt_entry) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5490 sec = mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx];
5493 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5494 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5496 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
5501 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
5503 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o)))
5505 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5512 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
5515 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5518 BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
5519 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5521 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5523 else if (h != NULL && h->la25_stub
5524 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd, r_type,
5525 target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5526 symbol = (h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_section->vma
5527 + h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_offset
5528 + h->la25_stub->offset);
5529 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5530 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5531 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5532 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5534 else if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
5535 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
5538 && h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE
5539 && h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
5541 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (abfd);
5544 symbol = (sec->output_section->vma
5545 + sec->output_offset
5546 + htab->plt_header_size
5547 + htab->plt_mips_offset
5548 + h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset
5551 target_is_16_bit_code_p = !micromips_p;
5552 target_is_micromips_code_p = micromips_p;
5555 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5556 if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && target_is_micromips_code_p)
5557 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type) && target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5559 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5560 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5561 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5564 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5565 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5566 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5567 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5568 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5570 *cross_mode_jump_p = (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
5571 && !(h && h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5572 && ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5573 || (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5574 && !target_is_micromips_code_p)
5575 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS_JALR)
5576 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5577 || target_is_micromips_code_p))));
5579 local_p = (h == NULL || mips_use_local_got_p (info, h));
5581 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
5582 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
5584 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
5589 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5590 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5591 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5592 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type) && !local_p)
5594 r_type = (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
5595 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP : R_MIPS_GOT_DISP);
5599 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5600 to need it, get it now. */
5603 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5604 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5607 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5608 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5609 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5610 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5611 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5612 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5613 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5614 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5615 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
5616 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
5617 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
5618 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
5620 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5621 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5622 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
5623 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5624 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
5625 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5626 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5627 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5628 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5629 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
5631 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5632 0, 0, NULL, r_type);
5634 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5638 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5639 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5640 if (htab->is_vxworks
5641 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
5642 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
5643 || call16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5645 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5646 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt);
5647 g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root);
5651 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5652 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd, info, input_bfd,
5654 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)
5655 && !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5656 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5657 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, htab->sgot->contents + g);
5660 else if (!htab->is_vxworks
5661 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5662 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5666 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5667 symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type);
5669 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5672 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5673 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, g);
5677 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5678 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5679 if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root))
5681 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5685 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
5686 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5688 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5689 + input_section->output_offset
5690 + relocation->r_offset);
5691 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type);
5692 outrel.r_addend = addend;
5693 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
5695 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5696 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5698 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
5699 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5702 return bfd_reloc_ok;
5705 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5709 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5712 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5713 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5714 value = symbol + addend;
5715 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5721 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
5722 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
5724 && h->root.def_dynamic
5725 && !h->root.def_regular
5726 && !h->has_static_relocs))
5727 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
5729 || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5730 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5731 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5733 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5734 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5735 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5736 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5737 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5738 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5740 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
5748 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5752 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
5753 value = symbol + addend;
5757 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5761 value = symbol + addend - p;
5762 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5766 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5767 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5768 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5769 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5770 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5772 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
5776 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5777 shift = (!*cross_mode_jump_p && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) ? 1 : 2;
5780 value = addend | ((p + 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift));
5781 else if (howto->partial_inplace)
5782 value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 26 + shift);
5787 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5788 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5789 if (*cross_mode_jump_p && (value & 3) != (r_type == R_MIPS_26))
5790 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5793 if (!was_local_p && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5794 overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> (26 + shift));
5795 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5799 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5800 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5801 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5802 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info))
5806 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5807 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
5808 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
5809 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5810 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5811 value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5814 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5815 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5816 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5817 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info))
5821 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5822 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32:
5823 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64:
5824 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5825 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5826 value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5831 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
5834 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
5835 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5839 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5840 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5841 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5845 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5846 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5847 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5848 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5849 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
5850 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - ((p + 4) & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3));
5851 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5852 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5853 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5854 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16)
5855 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 1);
5857 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
5858 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5864 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16:
5865 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16:
5867 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
5870 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5871 for this conditional. */
5872 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16)
5873 value = addend + gp - (p & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3);
5874 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5875 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16)
5876 value = addend + gp - p + 3;
5878 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
5879 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5880 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5881 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5882 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5885 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5886 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5889 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5890 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5891 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5892 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5893 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5894 not check for overflow here. */
5898 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
5899 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
5900 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5901 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5902 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5907 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
5908 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5909 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5910 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5911 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5912 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
5913 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
5914 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
5915 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5916 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5917 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5918 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5919 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5920 value = symbol + addend - gp;
5921 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5922 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5923 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5924 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5928 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5929 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5932 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5933 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5936 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5937 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5938 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5939 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5940 if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p)
5942 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5943 symbol + addend, !was_local_p);
5944 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
5945 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5947 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
5948 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5955 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5956 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5957 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5958 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
5959 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5960 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
5961 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5962 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5963 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5964 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5966 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5969 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
5970 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
5972 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5976 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
5977 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5978 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18);
5980 if ((symbol + addend) & 3)
5981 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5983 value = symbol + addend - p;
5984 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5985 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
5986 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5987 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5990 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2:
5991 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5992 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 23);
5994 if ((symbol + addend) & 3)
5995 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5997 value = symbol + addend - p;
5998 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5999 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 23);
6000 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6001 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6004 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2:
6005 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6006 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28);
6008 if ((symbol + addend) & 3)
6009 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6011 value = symbol + addend - p;
6012 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6013 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 28);
6014 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6015 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6018 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3:
6019 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6020 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 21);
6022 if ((symbol + addend) & 7)
6023 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6025 value = symbol + addend - ((p | 7) ^ 7);
6026 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6027 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 21);
6028 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6029 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6032 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2:
6033 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6034 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 21);
6036 if ((symbol + addend) & 3)
6037 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6039 value = symbol + addend - p;
6040 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6041 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 21);
6042 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6043 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6047 value = mips_elf_high (symbol + addend - p);
6048 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6049 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6050 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6054 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6055 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
6056 value = symbol + addend - p;
6057 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6060 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
6061 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6062 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 8);
6063 value = symbol + addend - p;
6064 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6065 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 8);
6066 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6067 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6070 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
6071 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6072 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 11);
6073 value = symbol + addend - p;
6074 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6075 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 11);
6076 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6077 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6080 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
6081 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6082 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 17);
6083 value = symbol + addend - p;
6084 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6085 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 17);
6086 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6087 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6090 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
6091 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6092 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 25);
6093 value = symbol + addend - ((p | 3) ^ 3);
6094 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6095 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 25);
6096 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6097 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6100 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
6101 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
6102 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
6103 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
6104 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6105 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6106 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6108 value = mips_elf_high (value);
6109 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6112 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
6113 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
6114 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
6115 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
6116 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
6119 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
6120 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
6121 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
6122 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
6123 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6124 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
6125 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6128 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
6129 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
6131 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
6134 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6138 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB:
6139 value = symbol - addend;
6140 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6144 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
6145 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
6146 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6149 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
6150 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
6151 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
6152 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6155 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
6156 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP:
6157 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
6158 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6162 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
6163 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6164 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6165 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6166 if (h != NULL && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
6167 return bfd_reloc_continue;
6168 value = symbol + addend;
6172 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6173 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
6174 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6175 return bfd_reloc_continue;
6178 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6179 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
6182 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6184 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
6187 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6190 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
6191 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
6192 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
6195 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
6196 unsigned int size = bfd_get_reloc_size (howto);
6198 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6200 x = bfd_get (8 * size, input_bfd, location);
6205 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6206 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6207 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6209 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6210 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6212 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6215 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
6216 reloc_howto_type *howto,
6217 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
6218 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
6219 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
6220 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p)
6224 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
6227 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6228 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
6230 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
6232 /* Obtain the current value. */
6233 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
6235 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6236 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
6238 /* Set the field. */
6239 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
6241 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
6242 if (cross_mode_jump_p && jal_reloc_p (r_type))
6245 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
6246 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
6248 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6249 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
6251 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
6254 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
6256 ok = ((opcode == 0x3d) || (opcode == 0x3c));
6261 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
6265 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6266 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6269 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6270 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
6273 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
6274 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6278 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6279 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
6282 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6284 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
6285 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6286 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
6287 && r_type == R_MIPS_26
6288 && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6289 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
6290 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
6291 && x == 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6292 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd)
6293 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
6294 && x == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6300 addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
6301 + input_section->output_offset
6302 + relocation->r_offset
6304 if (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
6305 dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28);
6309 if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000)
6311 if (x == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6312 x = 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6314 x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6318 /* Put the value into the output. */
6319 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (howto);
6321 bfd_put (8 * size, input_bfd, x, location);
6323 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, r_type, !bfd_link_relocatable (info),
6329 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6330 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6331 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6332 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6335 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
6336 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6337 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
6338 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6339 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
6340 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
6342 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
6347 bfd_boolean defined_p;
6348 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6350 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
6351 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
6353 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6354 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6355 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
6356 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
6357 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
6358 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
6361 outrel[0].r_offset =
6362 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
6363 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6365 outrel[1].r_offset =
6366 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
6367 outrel[2].r_offset =
6368 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
6371 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE)
6372 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6375 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO)
6377 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6378 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6379 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6384 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6385 in the relocation. */
6386 if (h != NULL && ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
6388 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks || h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE);
6389 indx = h->root.dynindx;
6390 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6391 defined_p = h->root.def_regular;
6393 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6394 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6395 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6396 undefined symbols. */
6401 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
6403 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
6405 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6410 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6413 asection *osec = htab->root.text_index_section;
6414 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
6420 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6421 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6422 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6423 local symbols because we used to generate them
6424 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6425 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6426 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6427 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6428 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6429 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6431 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6432 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6433 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6434 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6435 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6440 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6441 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6442 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6443 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6444 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
6447 if (htab->is_vxworks)
6448 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6449 outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32);
6451 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6452 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6453 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
6456 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6457 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6458 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6459 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6460 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6461 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6462 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6463 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6464 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6465 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6466 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6467 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6468 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
6469 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
6472 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
6474 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6475 correct location in the output file. */
6476 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6477 + input_section->output_offset);
6478 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6479 + input_section->output_offset);
6480 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6481 + input_section->output_offset);
6483 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6484 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6485 relocation format is non-standard. */
6486 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6488 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
6489 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6491 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
6493 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
6495 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6496 outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp;
6497 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6498 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6500 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
6503 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6504 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6505 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
6507 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6508 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
6510 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6511 will be writing to it. */
6512 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
6515 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6516 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
6518 asection *scpt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
6523 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
6525 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
6526 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
6527 + input_section->output_section->vma
6528 + input_section->output_offset);
6529 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
6530 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
6532 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
6533 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
6534 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
6536 cr = (scpt->contents
6537 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
6538 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0);
6539 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
6540 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
6541 + scpt->reloc_count));
6542 ++scpt->reloc_count;
6546 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6547 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6549 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
6550 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6555 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6558 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
6560 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
6562 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
6563 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
6565 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
6566 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
6568 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
6569 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
6571 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
6572 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
6574 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
6575 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
6577 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
6578 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
6580 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
6581 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
6583 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
6584 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
6586 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900:
6587 return bfd_mach_mips5900;
6589 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000:
6590 return bfd_mach_mips9000;
6592 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
6593 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
6595 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E:
6596 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e;
6598 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F:
6599 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
6601 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A:
6602 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a;
6604 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3:
6605 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3;
6607 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2:
6608 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2;
6610 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
6611 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
6613 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR:
6614 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
6617 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
6621 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
6624 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
6627 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
6630 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
6633 return bfd_mach_mips5;
6635 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
6636 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
6638 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
6639 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
6641 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
6642 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
6644 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
6645 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
6647 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6:
6648 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6;
6650 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6:
6651 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6;
6658 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6660 static INLINE char *
6661 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
6665 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
6666 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
6669 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
6671 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
6675 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
6677 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
6679 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
6681 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
6684 return "unknown abi";
6688 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6689 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6690 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6691 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6692 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6693 static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
6694 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6695 static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6697 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6698 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6699 definition in a shared library. */
6700 static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
6701 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6702 static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6704 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6707 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
6709 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
6711 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6712 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
6713 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
6715 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
6716 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6717 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6718 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6719 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6720 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6721 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
6723 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6724 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
6725 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
6726 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6727 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6728 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6729 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
6730 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6731 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6732 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6734 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6738 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6739 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6740 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
6741 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_TLS
6742 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
6745 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
6746 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
6748 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6749 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
6750 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
6751 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6752 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6753 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6754 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
6755 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6756 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6757 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6759 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6760 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
6763 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
6764 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6769 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text");
6771 if (section != NULL)
6773 asym->section = section;
6774 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6775 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6776 base address to make it an offset. */
6777 asym->value -= section->vma;
6784 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
6786 if (section != NULL)
6788 asym->section = section;
6789 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6790 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6791 base address to make it an offset. */
6792 asym->value -= section->vma;
6798 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6799 or microMIPS one. */
6800 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC
6801 && (asym->value & 1) != 0)
6804 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd))
6805 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6806 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6808 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6809 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6813 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6814 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6816 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6817 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6818 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6819 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6820 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6822 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6823 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6824 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6825 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6827 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6828 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6829 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6830 We therefore take the following approach:
6832 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6833 determine the pointer size.
6835 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6836 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6840 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6841 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6842 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6843 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6844 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6846 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6847 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6851 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
6853 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
6855 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
6857 bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p;
6859 long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6860 long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6861 if (long32_p && long64_p)
6868 if (sec->reloc_count > 0
6869 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL
6870 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info)
6879 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6880 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6881 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6883 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6884 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6887 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6888 will jump there rather than to .text.
6890 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6891 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6894 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
6896 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
6899 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6900 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6901 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6905 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
6907 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6908 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
6912 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
6913 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
6916 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
6919 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6920 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6924 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6925 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
6926 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
6927 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
6929 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
6931 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6932 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6933 so that we don't have to read them again.
6934 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6935 through the section contents to see if there is an
6936 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6938 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
6940 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
6941 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
6943 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
6945 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
6947 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
6949 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6950 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6951 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
6954 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6961 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6962 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
6965 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6966 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
6969 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6976 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6977 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
6980 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6981 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6988 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
6990 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
6992 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6993 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6994 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6995 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6996 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6997 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6998 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6999 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
7000 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
7001 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
7002 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
7003 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
7004 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
7005 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7007 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
7009 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
7011 unsigned int adjust;
7013 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
7015 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
7023 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7024 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7025 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7027 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7031 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
7032 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
7038 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7039 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7040 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7041 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7042 probably get away with this. */
7043 switch (hdr->sh_type)
7045 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
7046 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
7050 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
7053 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
7054 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
7057 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
7058 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
7061 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
7062 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
7065 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
7066 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
7068 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
7070 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
7071 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
7072 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
7074 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
7076 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
7077 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7080 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
7081 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
7084 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
7085 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
7088 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS:
7089 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
7091 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
7093 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
7094 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
7095 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
7098 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
7099 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7102 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
7103 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
7104 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7111 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
7116 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
7117 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
7123 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS)
7125 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext;
7127 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
7128 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
7130 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd, &ext,
7131 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags);
7132 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags.version != 0)
7134 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
7137 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7139 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7140 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7141 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7142 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7143 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
7145 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
7148 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
7149 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
7151 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
7152 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
7155 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7156 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7157 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7158 they should agree. */
7159 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
7161 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
7163 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7164 if (contents == NULL)
7166 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
7173 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
7174 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
7176 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
7178 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
7180 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
7182 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7183 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7184 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
7187 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
7189 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
7191 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7193 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
7194 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
7196 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
7198 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
7200 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
7202 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7204 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
7205 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
7207 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
7217 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7218 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7219 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7222 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
7224 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
7226 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
7228 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
7229 hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
7230 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7232 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
7233 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
7234 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
7236 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
7237 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
7238 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7240 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
7241 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
7242 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
7244 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
7245 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7246 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7247 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
7248 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
7250 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
7252 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
7254 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
7255 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7256 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7257 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7259 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
7260 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
7262 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
7265 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
7267 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7268 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
7269 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
7270 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
7272 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7273 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
7275 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7276 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
7279 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
7280 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
7281 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
7282 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
7283 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
7284 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
7285 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
7286 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7288 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
7289 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7291 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
7293 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
7294 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7295 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7297 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
7299 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
7300 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
7301 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7303 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7305 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS;
7306 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0);
7308 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
7309 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
7311 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
7313 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7314 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7315 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7316 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_frame"))
7317 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7319 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7321 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
7322 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7323 final_write_processing. */
7325 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
7326 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7328 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
7329 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7330 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7332 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
7334 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
7335 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
7336 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
7339 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7340 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7341 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7342 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7343 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7348 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7349 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7350 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7351 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7352 the .scommon section. */
7355 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7356 asection *sec, int *retval)
7358 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
7360 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7363 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
7365 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
7371 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7372 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7375 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7376 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
7377 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7378 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
7380 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7381 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
7382 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7384 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7389 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7390 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7391 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7392 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7393 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7394 is not done for them. */
7396 && (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
7397 && (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7403 switch (sym->st_shndx)
7406 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7407 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7408 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
7409 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_TLS
7410 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
7413 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
7414 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
7415 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7416 *valp = sym->st_size;
7420 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7421 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
7423 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
7424 asection *elf_text_section;
7425 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7427 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7428 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
7431 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7432 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7433 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
7436 /* Initialize the section. */
7438 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
7439 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7441 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7442 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
7444 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
7445 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7446 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
7447 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
7448 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
7449 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7450 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
7452 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7453 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7454 so I took it out. */
7455 *secp = mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
7458 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
7459 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7461 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7462 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
7464 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
7465 asection *elf_data_section;
7466 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7468 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7469 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
7472 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7473 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7474 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
7477 /* Initialize the section. */
7479 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
7480 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7482 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7483 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
7485 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
7486 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7487 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
7488 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
7489 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
7490 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7491 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
7493 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7494 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7495 so I took it out. */
7496 *secp = mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
7499 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
7500 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
7504 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7505 && ! bfd_link_pic (info)
7506 && info->output_bfd->xvec == abfd->xvec
7507 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7509 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7510 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7512 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7514 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7515 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
7516 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7519 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7522 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7524 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7527 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
7528 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7531 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7532 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7533 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7534 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7540 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7541 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7542 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7545 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7546 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7547 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
7548 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7550 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7551 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7552 common in the output file. */
7553 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
7554 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
7555 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7557 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7558 sym->st_value &= ~1;
7563 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7565 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7568 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7570 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7571 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7573 register asection *s;
7574 const char * const *namep;
7575 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7577 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7578 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7580 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
7581 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
7583 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7585 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
7587 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
7590 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
7595 /* We need to create .got section. */
7596 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
7599 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE))
7602 /* Create .stub section. */
7603 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
7604 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
7607 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7608 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7612 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
7613 && bfd_link_executable (info)
7614 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
7616 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map",
7617 flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY);
7619 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7620 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7624 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7625 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7626 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7627 the linker takes such action. */
7628 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
7630 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
7633 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7634 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
7635 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7638 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7641 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7643 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7647 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7648 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7650 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
7654 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7655 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".hash");
7657 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7659 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynsym");
7661 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7663 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynstr");
7665 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7668 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7670 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7672 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
7674 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7677 if (bfd_link_executable (info))
7681 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7683 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7684 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
7685 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7688 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7691 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7693 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7696 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
7698 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7699 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7700 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7701 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7702 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map");
7703 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7705 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7707 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7708 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
7709 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7712 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7715 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7717 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7719 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7723 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7724 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7725 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
7728 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7729 htab->splt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".plt");
7730 htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynbss");
7731 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7733 htab->srelbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.bss");
7734 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.plt");
7737 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rel.plt");
7739 || (htab->is_vxworks && !htab->srelbss && !bfd_link_pic (info))
7744 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7745 if (htab->is_vxworks
7746 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
7752 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7753 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7754 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7757 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
7758 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
7759 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
7761 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
7762 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7764 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7765 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7766 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
7767 if (rel_hdr == NULL)
7769 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7770 return ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
7771 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel);
7774 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7775 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7776 of the section that REL is against. */
7779 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7780 reloc_howto_type *howto, bfd_byte *contents)
7783 unsigned int r_type;
7787 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7788 location = contents + rel->r_offset;
7790 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7791 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7792 bytes = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, abfd, contents);
7793 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7795 addend = bytes & howto->src_mask;
7797 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. Adjust the addend
7799 if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 && (bytes >> 26) == 0x3c)
7805 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7806 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7807 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7808 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7809 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7812 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd *abfd,
7813 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7814 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
7815 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma *addend)
7817 unsigned int r_type, lo16_type;
7818 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
7819 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
7822 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7823 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
7824 lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
7825 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type))
7826 lo16_type = R_MICROMIPS_LO16;
7827 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_PCHI16)
7828 lo16_type = R_MIPS_PCLO16;
7830 lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
7832 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7833 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7834 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7837 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7839 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7840 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7841 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7842 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7843 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7844 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7846 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7847 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7848 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7849 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, lo16_type, rel, relend);
7850 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
7853 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7854 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, lo16_type, FALSE);
7855 l = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, lo16_relocation, lo16_howto, contents);
7857 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
7858 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
7865 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7866 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7867 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7870 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_byte **contents)
7875 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7876 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
7878 *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
7882 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, contents);
7885 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
7887 static struct plt_entry *
7888 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd *abfd)
7890 struct plt_entry *entry;
7892 entry = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
7896 entry->stub_offset = MINUS_ONE;
7897 entry->mips_offset = MINUS_ONE;
7898 entry->comp_offset = MINUS_ONE;
7899 entry->gotplt_index = MINUS_ONE;
7903 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7904 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
7905 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
7908 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7909 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
7913 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7914 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
7916 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
7917 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
7919 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7920 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7923 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7925 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
7928 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7929 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7931 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7932 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7933 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
7934 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7936 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7937 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
7939 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7941 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
7942 if (FN_STUB_P (name))
7944 unsigned long r_symndx;
7946 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7949 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end);
7952 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7953 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7954 " stub section `%s'"),
7956 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7960 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
7961 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
7965 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7966 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7967 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7968 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7970 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
7971 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
7973 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7974 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
7975 || o->reloc_count == 0
7976 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
7980 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7982 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
7985 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
7986 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
7987 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
7988 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info)))
7991 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
8000 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8001 not need it. Since this function is called before
8002 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8003 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8005 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8009 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8011 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
8013 unsigned long symcount;
8017 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
8018 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
8020 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8021 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
8022 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
8025 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
8028 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8029 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
8031 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8032 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8033 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8034 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8038 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8040 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8041 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8043 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8044 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8045 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
8047 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8049 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8050 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8051 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8052 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8053 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8054 if (h->fn_stub != NULL)
8056 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8060 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8062 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
8065 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
8067 unsigned long r_symndx;
8068 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8071 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8074 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end);
8077 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8078 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8079 " stub section `%s'"),
8081 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8085 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
8086 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
8090 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8091 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8092 that refers to this symbol. */
8093 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
8095 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
8096 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
8098 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8099 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
8100 || o->reloc_count == 0
8101 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
8105 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
8107 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
8110 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
8111 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
8112 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
8113 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26)
8116 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
8125 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8126 not need it. Since this function is called before
8127 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8128 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8130 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8134 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8136 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs == NULL)
8138 unsigned long symcount;
8142 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
8143 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
8145 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8146 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
8147 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
8150 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs = n;
8153 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8154 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
8156 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8157 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8158 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8159 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8163 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8164 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8166 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8168 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
8169 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
8171 loc = &h->call_stub;
8173 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8174 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8175 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8176 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8177 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8180 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8184 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8186 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
8192 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
8194 unsigned long r_symndx;
8195 unsigned int r_type;
8196 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8197 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p;
8198 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p;
8199 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p;
8201 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
8202 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
8204 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
8206 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
8208 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8209 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8211 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8216 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
8219 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8220 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8221 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
8223 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the
8225 h->root.non_ir_ref = 1;
8229 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8230 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8231 can_make_dynamic_p = FALSE;
8233 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8234 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8235 call_reloc_p = FALSE;
8237 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8238 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8239 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8240 .debug* should have no effect. */
8241 constrain_symbol_p = ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0);
8246 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8247 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8248 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8249 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8250 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8251 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8252 call_reloc_p = TRUE;
8256 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
8257 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
8258 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8259 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
8260 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
8261 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8263 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
8264 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
8265 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8266 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
8267 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
8268 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
8269 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
8270 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
8271 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8272 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
8273 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
8274 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8275 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
8276 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
8278 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
8279 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
8281 if (htab->is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
8283 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8284 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
8285 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
8286 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8289 can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
8294 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
8295 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8296 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8297 constrain_symbol_p = FALSE;
8300 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
8301 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
8302 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
8303 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
8304 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8305 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8306 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8307 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8308 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8309 constrain_symbol_p = FALSE;
8315 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8316 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8317 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8319 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8320 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8321 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8322 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8323 against a read-only section. */
8324 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
8326 && !htab->is_vxworks
8327 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8328 && !(!info->nocopyreloc
8329 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd)
8330 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))))
8331 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
8333 can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
8335 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
8341 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2:
8342 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2:
8344 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8345 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
8346 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
8347 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
8348 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
8349 call_reloc_p = TRUE;
8355 if (constrain_symbol_p)
8357 if (!can_make_dynamic_p)
8358 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_static_relocs = 1;
8361 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
8363 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8364 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8365 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8366 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8367 if (!htab->is_vxworks && (!can_make_dynamic_p || !call_reloc_p))
8368 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
8371 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8372 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8373 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8374 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
8378 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8382 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8383 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8384 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8385 relocations against the text segment. */
8386 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8389 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
8390 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
8391 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type)
8392 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type) && htab->is_vxworks))
8394 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8395 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8396 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8397 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8398 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8399 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8400 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8401 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8402 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8403 rel->r_addend, info, r_type))
8408 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd, r_type,
8409 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->other)))
8410 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
8415 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8416 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8419 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8420 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8421 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
8422 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8427 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8428 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8429 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8430 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8433 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8434 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8435 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8436 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, TRUE,
8440 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8441 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8442 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8448 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8449 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8450 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
8452 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
8453 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
8454 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
8455 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
8456 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
8457 if (!h || got_page_reloc_p (r_type))
8459 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8460 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8461 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8463 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd, sec, relocs, rel))
8465 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8467 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8468 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, rel,
8470 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type))
8471 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd, rel, rel_end,
8474 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
8477 addend = rel->r_addend;
8478 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info, abfd, r_symndx,
8484 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
8485 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8487 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8488 if (hmips->root.def_regular
8489 && ! (bfd_link_pic (info) && ! info->symbolic
8490 && ! hmips->root.forced_local))
8494 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8495 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8498 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
8499 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
8500 if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8505 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8506 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8507 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8508 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8509 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
8512 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
8513 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
8514 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
8515 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
8517 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
8523 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
8524 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
8525 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8526 for TLS GD relocations. */
8529 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8535 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8545 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8546 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8547 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8548 if (can_make_dynamic_p)
8552 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8556 if (bfd_link_pic (info) && h == NULL)
8558 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8559 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8560 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8561 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8562 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8563 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8564 relocations against the text segment. */
8565 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8569 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8571 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8572 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8573 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8574 it will be left as zero.
8576 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8577 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8579 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8580 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8582 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8583 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
8584 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8585 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8586 are relocations against the text segment. */
8587 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
8591 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8592 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8593 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8597 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
8598 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
8599 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
8600 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8601 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
8602 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
8603 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
8604 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8605 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8606 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8609 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8610 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8611 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8612 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8616 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8617 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8618 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
8619 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
8621 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8629 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8630 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8631 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8632 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8633 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8634 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8637 && jal_reloc_p (r_type)
8638 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
8640 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
8641 h->plt.plist = mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd);
8642 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
8645 if (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
8646 h->plt.plist->need_mips = TRUE;
8648 h->plt.plist->need_comp = TRUE;
8651 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8652 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8653 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8654 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8656 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type)
8657 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec))
8659 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
8661 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8662 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
8665 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8666 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8667 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8668 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8669 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8670 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8677 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
8678 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
8679 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
8680 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
8681 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8682 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8683 if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF)
8686 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8687 and has a special meaning. */
8688 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd) && h != NULL
8689 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8692 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8693 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
8700 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8701 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8702 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8703 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8705 (h) ? h->root.root.string : "a local symbol");
8706 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8718 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
8719 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
8722 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
8723 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
8724 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
8725 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
8727 bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
8728 bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8729 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
8731 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8734 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info))
8737 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
8738 link_info->keep_memory);
8739 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
8742 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
8743 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
8744 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
8745 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8747 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
8750 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
8751 unsigned int r_type;
8752 unsigned long r_symndx;
8754 unsigned long instruction;
8756 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8757 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8758 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8759 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
8760 if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
8763 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
8764 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8765 if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
8767 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
8768 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8769 elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8771 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8772 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8773 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
8775 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8777 if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8778 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
8779 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
8780 || (bfd_link_pic (link_info) && ! link_info->symbolic
8781 && !h->root.forced_local))
8784 sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
8785 if (sym_sec->output_section)
8786 symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
8787 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8788 + sym_sec->output_offset);
8790 symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
8794 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
8796 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8797 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
8799 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
8800 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8801 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
8802 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
8804 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8808 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
8809 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8811 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
8812 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
8813 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
8814 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
8817 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
8818 symval = isym->st_value
8819 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8820 + sym_sec->output_offset;
8823 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8825 sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
8826 - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
8828 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8829 if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
8834 /* Check that it's in range. */
8835 if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
8838 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8839 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8842 instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
8844 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8845 if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8846 instruction = 0x04110000;
8847 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8848 else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8849 instruction = 0x10000000;
8853 instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
8854 bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
8855 changed_contents = TRUE;
8858 if (contents != NULL
8859 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8861 if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
8865 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8866 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
8872 if (contents != NULL
8873 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8878 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8881 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
8883 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
8885 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8886 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8888 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8889 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8891 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8892 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8894 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8895 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8896 if (htab->is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
8899 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8900 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8901 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
8904 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8905 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8906 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8907 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info)
8908 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
8909 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
8910 || (!h->def_regular && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h))
8911 || bfd_link_pic (info)))
8913 bfd_boolean do_copy = TRUE;
8915 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
8917 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8918 non-default visibility. */
8919 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
8922 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8924 else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local)
8926 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
8933 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8934 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8935 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8936 relocations against it.
8938 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8939 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8941 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
8943 if (hmips->global_got_area > GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
8944 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
8945 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
8948 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8949 (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
8950 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
8951 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8952 against the text segment. */
8953 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8960 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8961 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8962 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8963 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8967 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
8968 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
8971 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8972 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8974 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8975 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8977 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8978 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8980 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8981 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
8983 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
8986 && !h->def_regular)));
8988 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8990 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8991 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8992 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8993 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8994 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8996 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8997 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8998 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
9000 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9003 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9004 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9005 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9006 executable and the shared library. */
9007 if (!h->def_regular)
9009 hmips->needs_lazy_stub = TRUE;
9010 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
9014 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9015 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9017 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9018 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9019 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9020 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9021 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9022 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9023 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9024 else if (((h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
9025 || (h->type == STT_FUNC && hmips->has_static_relocs))
9026 && htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9027 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
9028 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
9029 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
9031 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (info->output_bfd);
9032 bfd_boolean newabi_p = NEWABI_P (info->output_bfd);
9034 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9035 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9036 for PLT offset calculations. */
9037 if (htab->plt_mips_offset + htab->plt_comp_offset == 0)
9039 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
9040 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_got_index == 0);
9042 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9043 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9044 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9045 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9046 if (!htab->is_vxworks
9047 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->splt, 5))
9050 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9051 for the same reason as above. */
9052 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sgotplt,
9053 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
9056 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9058 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
9060 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->got_header_size
9061 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9063 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9064 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9065 if (htab->is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
9066 htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9068 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9069 if (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info))
9070 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9071 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry);
9072 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
9073 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9074 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
9076 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9077 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9078 else if (!micromips_p)
9080 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9081 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9082 htab->plt_comp_entry_size
9083 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry);
9085 else if (htab->insn32)
9087 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9088 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9089 htab->plt_comp_entry_size
9090 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry);
9094 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9095 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9096 htab->plt_comp_entry_size
9097 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry);
9101 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
9102 h->plt.plist = mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj);
9103 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
9106 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9107 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9109 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9110 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9111 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9112 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9117 || hmips->call_fp_stub)
9119 h->plt.plist->need_mips = TRUE;
9120 h->plt.plist->need_comp = FALSE;
9123 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9124 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9125 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9126 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9127 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9128 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9129 if (!h->plt.plist->need_mips && !h->plt.plist->need_comp)
9132 h->plt.plist->need_comp = TRUE;
9134 h->plt.plist->need_mips = TRUE;
9137 if (h->plt.plist->need_mips)
9139 h->plt.plist->mips_offset = htab->plt_mips_offset;
9140 htab->plt_mips_offset += htab->plt_mips_entry_size;
9142 if (h->plt.plist->need_comp)
9144 h->plt.plist->comp_offset = htab->plt_comp_offset;
9145 htab->plt_comp_offset += htab->plt_comp_entry_size;
9148 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9149 h->plt.plist->gotplt_index = htab->plt_got_index++;
9151 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9152 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9153 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && !h->def_regular)
9154 hmips->use_plt_entry = TRUE;
9156 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9157 htab->srelplt->size += (htab->is_vxworks
9158 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj)
9159 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj));
9161 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9162 if (htab->is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
9163 htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9165 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9166 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9167 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
9172 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9173 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9174 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9175 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
9177 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9178 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
9179 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
9180 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
9184 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9185 in regular objects. */
9189 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9190 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9191 if (!hmips->has_static_relocs)
9194 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9195 some that we can't convert. */
9196 if (!htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs || bfd_link_pic (info))
9198 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9199 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9200 h->root.root.string);
9201 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
9205 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9206 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9207 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9208 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9209 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9210 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9211 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9212 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9213 same memory location for the variable. */
9215 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
9217 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9218 htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9220 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
9224 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9225 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9226 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
9228 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, htab->sdynbss);
9231 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9232 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9233 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9236 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9237 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9240 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9241 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
9243 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9244 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9246 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9247 sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
9249 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, sect, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
9251 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9252 sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9254 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, sect, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0));
9257 hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
9259 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
9260 mips_elf_check_symbols, &hti);
9267 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9270 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
9274 struct mips_got_info *g;
9275 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
9276 bfd_size_type page_gotno;
9278 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
9279 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9281 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9282 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9288 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9291 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9292 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9293 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_low_gotno == 0);
9294 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9295 htab->reserved_gotno = 3;
9297 htab->reserved_gotno = 2;
9298 g->local_gotno += htab->reserved_gotno;
9299 g->assigned_low_gotno = htab->reserved_gotno;
9301 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9302 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9303 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_count_got_symbols, info);
9305 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info, g))
9308 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9309 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9311 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9313 asection *subsection;
9315 for (subsection = ibfd->sections;
9317 subsection = subsection->next)
9319 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
9321 loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf)
9322 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
9326 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9327 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9328 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9329 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9332 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9333 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9334 page_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
9336 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9338 if (page_gotno > g->page_gotno)
9339 page_gotno = g->page_gotno;
9341 g->local_gotno += page_gotno;
9342 g->assigned_high_gotno = g->local_gotno - 1;
9344 s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9345 s->size += g->global_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9346 s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9348 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9349 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9351 if (!htab->is_vxworks && s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
9353 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, s, page_gotno))
9358 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9359 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9360 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9361 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE))
9362 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd, g);
9363 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd, g);
9365 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9366 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
9369 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9370 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, &tga);
9373 BFD_ASSERT (g->tls_assigned_gotno
9374 == g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno);
9376 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9377 if (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info))
9378 g->relocs += g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
9380 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9382 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, g->relocs);
9388 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9391 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
9393 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9394 bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
9396 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9397 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9399 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
9402 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9403 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9404 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
9406 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9407 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9408 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9410 dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
9411 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
9413 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9414 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9415 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9416 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9417 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9418 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd))
9419 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
9420 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9421 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
9422 else if (htab->insn32)
9423 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
9424 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9425 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
9427 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
9428 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9429 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
9431 htab->sstubs->size = htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size;
9434 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9435 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9436 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9439 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
9441 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti = data;
9442 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9443 struct bfd_link_info *info;
9447 output_bfd = hti->output_bfd;
9448 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9449 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9451 if (h->needs_lazy_stub)
9453 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd);
9454 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
9455 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
9457 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL);
9458 if (h->root.plt.plist == NULL)
9459 h->root.plt.plist = mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab->sstubs->owner);
9460 if (h->root.plt.plist == NULL)
9465 h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->sstubs;
9466 h->root.root.u.def.value = htab->sstubs->size + isa_bit;
9467 h->root.plt.plist->stub_offset = htab->sstubs->size;
9468 h->root.other = other;
9469 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
9474 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9475 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9478 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
9480 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd;
9481 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd);
9482 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
9483 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
9484 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9485 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
9486 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9489 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9490 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9492 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
9495 htab->sstubs->size = 0;
9497 hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
9499 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub, &hti);
9502 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
9503 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size
9504 == htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size);
9506 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9507 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
9508 h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->sstubs, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9511 h->root.u.def.value = isa_bit;
9518 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9519 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9520 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9521 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9524 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
9526 struct bfd_link_info *info = data;
9527 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (info->output_bfd);
9528 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9533 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9534 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9536 if (h->use_plt_entry)
9538 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.plt.plist != NULL);
9539 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE
9540 || h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE);
9542 val = htab->plt_header_size;
9543 if (h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
9546 val += h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset;
9552 val += htab->plt_mips_offset + h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset;
9553 other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : STO_MIPS16;
9556 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9557 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9559 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9562 h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->splt;
9563 h->root.root.u.def.value = val;
9564 h->root.other = other;
9570 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9573 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9574 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9577 asection *s, *sreldyn;
9578 bfd_boolean reltext;
9579 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9581 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9582 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9583 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9584 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
9586 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9588 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9589 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
9591 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
9592 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9594 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
9596 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
9599 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9600 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9601 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9602 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9603 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9604 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9606 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9607 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9609 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9610 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9611 if (htab->splt && htab->plt_mips_offset + htab->plt_comp_offset != 0)
9613 bfd_boolean micromips_p = (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd)
9614 && !htab->plt_mips_offset);
9615 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
9616 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
9617 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9620 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9621 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
9622 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt->size == 0);
9624 if (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info))
9625 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry);
9626 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
9627 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
9628 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
9629 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry);
9630 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
9631 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry);
9632 else if (!micromips_p)
9633 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
9634 else if (htab->insn32)
9635 size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
9637 size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
9639 htab->plt_header_is_comp = micromips_p;
9640 htab->plt_header_size = size;
9641 htab->splt->size = (size
9642 + htab->plt_mips_offset
9643 + htab->plt_comp_offset);
9644 htab->sgotplt->size = (htab->plt_got_index
9645 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9647 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value, info);
9649 if (htab->root.hplt == NULL)
9651 h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->splt,
9652 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9653 htab->root.hplt = h;
9658 h = htab->root.hplt;
9659 h->root.u.def.value = isa_bit;
9665 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9666 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
9668 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd, info);
9670 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd, info))
9673 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info);
9675 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9676 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9679 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
9683 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9684 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9685 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
9687 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
9690 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rel"))
9694 const char *outname;
9697 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9698 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9699 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9700 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9701 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9703 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
9705 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
9707 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
9708 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
9709 || strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
9712 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9713 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9714 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0)
9717 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9718 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9719 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9720 will move them around between input sections'
9721 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9722 broken, so don't let it run. */
9723 info->combreloc = 0;
9726 else if (bfd_link_executable (info)
9727 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
9728 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map"))
9730 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9731 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9732 s->size += MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd);
9734 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9735 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel"))
9736 s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
9737 else if (s == htab->splt)
9739 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9740 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9741 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9742 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd)
9743 && ! htab->is_vxworks && s->size > 0)
9746 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init")
9748 && s != htab->sgotplt
9749 && s != htab->sstubs
9750 && s != htab->sdynbss)
9752 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9758 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
9762 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
9765 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9766 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
9767 if (s->contents == NULL)
9769 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
9774 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9776 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9777 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9778 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9779 the .dynamic section. */
9781 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9782 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9783 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9784 may only look at the first one they see. */
9785 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
9786 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
9789 if (bfd_link_executable (info)
9790 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL, 0))
9793 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9794 used by the debugger. */
9795 if (bfd_link_executable (info)
9796 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9797 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
9800 if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks))
9801 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
9803 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
9805 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
9808 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9809 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9810 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9811 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9812 info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
9815 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
9818 sreldyn = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
9819 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9821 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9822 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9823 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9825 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0))
9828 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0))
9831 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0))
9837 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9839 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
9842 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
9845 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
9849 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
9852 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
9855 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
9858 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
9861 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
9864 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
9867 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
9870 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
9871 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
9874 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
9875 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9876 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
9877 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
9880 if (htab->splt->size > 0)
9882 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
9885 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
9888 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
9891 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, 0))
9894 if (htab->is_vxworks
9895 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
9902 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9903 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9904 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9905 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9908 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
9909 bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
9910 asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
9912 unsigned int r_type, r_symndx;
9913 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9916 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
9918 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9919 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type)
9920 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
9921 || literal_reloc_p (r_type))
9923 rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
9924 rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
9927 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9928 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
9930 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9931 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
9933 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
9934 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
9937 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9938 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
9939 rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
9943 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9944 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9945 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9946 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9947 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9948 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9949 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9950 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9951 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9952 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9953 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9955 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9956 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9957 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9960 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd *output_bfd,
9961 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9962 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
9963 Elf_Internal_Rela **rel,
9964 const Elf_Internal_Rela **relend,
9965 bfd_boolean rel_reloc,
9966 reloc_howto_type *howto,
9969 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
9970 int count = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
9971 unsigned int r_type;
9974 for (i = count - 1; i > 0; i--)
9976 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, (*rel)[i].r_info);
9977 if (r_type != R_MIPS_NONE)
9979 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
9985 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
9986 (*rel), count, (*relend),
9987 howto, i, contents);
9992 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9995 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
9996 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
9997 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
9998 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
9999 asection **local_sections)
10001 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
10002 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
10003 bfd_vma addend = 0;
10004 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
10005 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
10007 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
10008 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
10009 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
10013 reloc_howto_type *howto;
10014 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p = FALSE;
10015 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10017 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
10018 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
10020 unsigned long r_symndx;
10022 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
10023 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
10024 bfd_boolean rel_reloc;
10026 rel_reloc = (NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
10027 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
10029 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10030 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
10032 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, rel->r_info);
10033 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
10034 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
10036 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
10041 unsigned long extsymoff;
10044 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
10045 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
10046 h = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
10047 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
10048 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
10049 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
10052 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
10053 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
10054 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
10057 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
10059 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
10060 input_section, &rel, &relend,
10061 rel_reloc, howto, contents);
10065 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
10067 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10068 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10069 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10070 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10071 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10072 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10073 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
10075 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10077 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10078 rel->r_offset += 4;
10081 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
10083 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10084 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10085 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10086 RELA relocation. */
10087 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
10090 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
10091 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel,
10093 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
10094 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
10095 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
10098 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel, relend,
10099 contents, &addend))
10102 name = h->root.root.string;
10104 name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
10105 local_syms + r_symndx,
10107 (*_bfd_error_handler)
10108 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
10109 input_bfd, input_section, name, howto->name,
10114 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
10117 addend = rel->r_addend;
10118 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
10119 local_syms, local_sections, rel);
10122 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
10124 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
10125 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10126 rel->r_offset -= 4;
10128 if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend)
10130 addend += rel->r_addend;
10131 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type))
10132 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
10133 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
10134 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
10135 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
10136 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
10138 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
10140 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10141 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10142 source of the addend in the final link. */
10143 addend &= howto->src_mask;
10145 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
10146 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10147 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10148 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10149 but for endianness. */
10155 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
10157 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
10164 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10165 do two separate stores. */
10166 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10168 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10170 low_bits = sign_bits;
10171 high_bits = addend;
10176 high_bits = sign_bits;
10178 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
10179 contents + rel->r_offset);
10180 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
10181 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
10185 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
10186 input_bfd, input_section,
10191 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10195 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10196 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10197 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10199 if (rel + 1 < relend
10200 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
10201 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
10202 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
10204 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
10206 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10207 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
10208 input_section, info, rel,
10209 addend, howto, local_syms,
10210 local_sections, &value,
10211 &name, &cross_mode_jump_p,
10212 use_saved_addend_p))
10214 case bfd_reloc_continue:
10215 /* There's nothing to do. */
10218 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
10219 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10220 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10221 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10222 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10225 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
10226 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10227 info->callbacks->warning
10228 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
10231 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
10232 if (use_saved_addend_p)
10233 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10234 a given location. */
10238 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10240 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10241 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10242 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
10243 if (!htab->small_data_overflow_reported
10244 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto->type)
10245 || literal_reloc_p (howto->type)))
10247 msg = _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10248 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10250 htab->small_data_overflow_reported = TRUE;
10251 (*info->callbacks->einfo) ("%P: %s\n", msg);
10253 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
10254 (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
10255 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
10263 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
10265 if (jal_reloc_p (howto->type))
10266 msg = _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
10267 else if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto->type))
10268 msg = _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10271 info->callbacks->einfo
10272 ("%X%H: %s\n", input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, msg);
10275 /* Fall through. */
10282 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10283 until we reach the last one. */
10284 if (use_saved_addend_p)
10290 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
10291 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10292 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10293 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10294 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10295 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10296 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10297 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10303 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
10305 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
10312 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10313 do two separate stores. */
10314 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10316 /* Undo what we did above. */
10317 rel->r_offset -= 4;
10318 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10320 low_bits = sign_bits;
10326 high_bits = sign_bits;
10328 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
10329 contents + rel->r_offset);
10330 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
10331 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
10335 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10336 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
10337 input_bfd, input_section,
10338 contents, cross_mode_jump_p))
10345 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10346 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10349 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot, void *data)
10351 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
10352 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10353 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub;
10356 bfd_vma offset, target, target_high, target_low;
10358 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
10359 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
10360 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (hti->info);
10361 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10363 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10364 s = stub->stub_section;
10368 loc = bfd_malloc (s->size);
10377 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10378 offset = stub->offset;
10380 /* Work out the target address. */
10381 target = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
10382 target += s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10384 target_high = ((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10385 target_low = (target & 0xffff);
10387 if (stub->stub_section != htab->strampoline)
10389 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10390 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10391 memset (loc, 0, offset);
10393 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
10395 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10396 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high),
10398 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10399 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low),
10404 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
10405 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 4);
10410 /* This is trampoline. */
10412 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
10414 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10415 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high), loc);
10416 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10417 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target), loc + 4);
10418 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10419 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low), loc + 8);
10420 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
10424 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
10425 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J (target), loc + 4);
10426 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 8);
10427 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
10433 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10434 adjust it appropriately now. */
10437 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10438 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10440 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10441 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10442 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
10445 "__dso_displacement",
10447 "__program_header_table",
10451 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
10459 const char* const *p;
10462 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
10463 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
10466 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
10468 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10470 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10471 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10473 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10475 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
10477 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10483 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10484 dynamic sections here. */
10487 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
10488 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10489 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
10490 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10494 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
10497 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10498 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
10500 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10501 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10502 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10503 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
10505 BFD_ASSERT (!htab->is_vxworks);
10507 if (h->plt.plist != NULL
10508 && (h->plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE
10509 || h->plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE))
10511 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10513 bfd_vma header_address, got_address;
10514 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low, load;
10518 got_index = h->plt.plist->gotplt_index;
10520 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10521 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10522 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
10523 BFD_ASSERT (got_index != MINUS_ONE);
10524 BFD_ASSERT (!h->def_regular);
10526 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10527 isa_bit = htab->plt_header_is_comp;
10528 header_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
10529 + htab->splt->output_offset + isa_bit);
10531 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10532 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
10533 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
10534 + got_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
10536 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10537 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
10539 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10540 loc = (htab->sgotplt->contents + got_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
10541 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10542 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
10544 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
10546 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10547 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10548 if (h->plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
10550 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10551 bfd_vma plt_offset;
10553 plt_offset = htab->plt_header_size + h->plt.plist->mips_offset;
10555 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset <= htab->splt->size);
10557 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10558 loc = htab->splt->contents + plt_offset;
10560 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10561 load = MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd);
10563 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10565 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd))
10566 plt_entry = mipsr6_exec_plt_entry;
10568 plt_entry = mips_exec_plt_entry;
10569 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_address_high, loc);
10570 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_address_low | load,
10573 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd))
10575 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 8);
10576 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
10580 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 8);
10581 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low,
10586 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10587 if (h->plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE)
10589 bfd_vma plt_offset;
10591 plt_offset = (htab->plt_header_size + htab->plt_mips_offset
10592 + h->plt.plist->comp_offset);
10594 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset <= htab->splt->size);
10596 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10597 loc = htab->splt->contents + plt_offset;
10599 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10600 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd))
10602 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry;
10604 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], loc);
10605 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], loc + 2);
10606 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
10607 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 6);
10608 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
10609 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 10);
10610 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_address, loc + 12);
10612 else if (htab->insn32)
10614 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry;
10616 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], loc);
10617 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, got_address_high, loc + 2);
10618 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
10619 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, got_address_low, loc + 6);
10620 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
10621 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 10);
10622 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 12);
10623 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, got_address_low, loc + 14);
10627 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry;
10628 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset;
10629 bfd_vma loc_address;
10631 BFD_ASSERT (got_address % 4 == 0);
10633 loc_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
10634 + htab->splt->output_offset + plt_offset);
10635 gotpc_offset = got_address - ((loc_address | 3) ^ 3);
10637 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10638 if (gotpc_offset + 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10640 (*_bfd_error_handler)
10641 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' "
10642 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10644 htab->sgotplt->output_section,
10645 htab->splt->output_section,
10646 (long) gotpc_offset);
10647 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error);
10650 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
10651 plt_entry[0] | ((gotpc_offset >> 18) & 0x7f), loc);
10652 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, (gotpc_offset >> 2) & 0xffff, loc + 2);
10653 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
10654 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 6);
10655 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
10656 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 10);
10660 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10661 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, htab->srelplt,
10662 got_index - 2, h->dynindx,
10663 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT, got_address);
10665 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10666 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10667 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10668 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10669 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10670 if (h->pointer_equality_needed)
10671 sym->st_other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym->st_other);
10679 if (h->plt.plist != NULL && h->plt.plist->stub_offset != MINUS_ONE)
10681 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10682 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd);
10683 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
10684 bfd_vma stub_size = htab->function_stub_size;
10685 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE];
10686 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
10687 bfd_vma stub_big_size;
10690 stub_big_size = MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE;
10691 else if (htab->insn32)
10692 stub_big_size = MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE;
10694 stub_big_size = MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE;
10696 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10698 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10700 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size == stub_big_size || h->dynindx <= 0xffff);
10702 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10703 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10705 if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff)
10708 /* Fill the stub. */
10712 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd),
10717 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10718 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS, stub + idx);
10723 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS, stub + idx);
10726 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10728 long dynindx_hi = (h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff;
10730 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10731 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi),
10737 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS,
10743 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS, stub + idx);
10747 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10748 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10749 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10750 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10751 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10753 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
10754 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10755 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10758 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10759 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd,
10766 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx);
10768 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE, stub + idx);
10770 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10772 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff),
10776 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx);
10779 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10780 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10781 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10782 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10784 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
10785 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10788 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx),
10792 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.plist->stub_offset <= htab->sstubs->size);
10793 memcpy (htab->sstubs->contents + h->plt.plist->stub_offset,
10796 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10797 only for the referenced symbol. */
10798 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10800 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10801 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10802 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10803 sym->st_value = (htab->sstubs->output_section->vma
10804 + htab->sstubs->output_offset
10805 + h->plt.plist->stub_offset
10807 sym->st_other = other;
10810 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10811 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10813 if (h->dynindx != -1 && hmips->fn_stub != NULL)
10815 BFD_ASSERT (hmips->need_fn_stub);
10816 sym->st_value = (hmips->fn_stub->output_section->vma
10817 + hmips->fn_stub->output_offset);
10818 sym->st_size = hmips->fn_stub->size;
10819 sym->st_other = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other);
10822 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
10823 || h->forced_local);
10826 g = htab->got_info;
10827 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10829 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10830 the symbols that need them. */
10831 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
10836 value = sym->st_value;
10837 offset = mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd, info, h);
10838 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
10841 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE && g->next)
10843 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
10849 e.abfd = output_bfd;
10852 e.tls_type = GOT_TLS_NONE;
10854 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
10857 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
10860 offset = p->gotidx;
10861 BFD_ASSERT (offset > 0 && offset < htab->sgot->size);
10862 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
10863 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
10865 && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic
10866 && !p->d.h->root.def_regular))
10868 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10869 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10870 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10871 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10872 appropriate addend. */
10873 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
10875 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
10876 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10877 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
10879 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
10880 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
10883 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10884 (output_bfd, info, rel,
10885 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
10889 entry = sym->st_value;
10890 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
10895 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10896 name = h->root.root.string;
10897 if (h == elf_hash_table (info)->hdynamic
10898 || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
10899 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10900 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10901 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10903 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10904 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10907 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
10909 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10910 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10911 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
10913 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
10915 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
10916 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
10918 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10919 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10921 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10923 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
10925 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10926 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10927 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
10928 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10930 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
10932 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
10933 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
10934 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
10935 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10939 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10945 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10946 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10948 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10949 symval = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10950 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10951 + h->root.u.def.value);
10952 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, s, s->reloc_count++,
10953 h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY, symval);
10956 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10957 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
10958 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
10960 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
10961 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
10962 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
10964 BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
10965 sym->st_other -= STO_MIPS16;
10967 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other))
10969 BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
10970 sym->st_other -= STO_MICROMIPS;
10976 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
10979 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
10980 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10981 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
10982 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10986 struct mips_got_info *g;
10987 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10988 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
10990 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10991 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10992 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10993 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
10995 if (h->plt.plist != NULL && h->plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
10998 bfd_vma plt_address, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset;
10999 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
11000 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
11001 bfd_vma gotplt_index;
11002 bfd_vma plt_offset;
11004 plt_offset = htab->plt_header_size + h->plt.plist->mips_offset;
11005 gotplt_index = h->plt.plist->gotplt_index;
11007 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
11008 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
11009 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index != MINUS_ONE);
11010 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset <= htab->splt->size);
11012 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11013 plt_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
11014 + htab->splt->output_offset
11017 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11018 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
11019 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
11020 + gotplt_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11022 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11023 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11024 got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h);
11026 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11027 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11028 branch_offset = -(plt_offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11030 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11031 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address,
11032 (htab->sgotplt->contents
11033 + gotplt_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)));
11035 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11036 loc = htab->splt->contents + plt_offset;
11038 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
11040 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry;
11041 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
11042 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_index, loc + 4);
11046 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low;
11048 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry;
11049 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11050 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
11052 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
11053 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_index, loc + 4);
11054 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8);
11055 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
11056 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
11057 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
11058 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
11059 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
11061 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
11062 + (gotplt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
11064 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11065 rel.r_offset = got_address;
11066 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
11067 rel.r_addend = plt_offset;
11068 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11070 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11071 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11072 rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
11073 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
11074 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
11075 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11077 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11078 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11080 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
11081 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11084 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11085 loc = (htab->srelplt->contents
11086 + gotplt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
11087 rel.r_offset = got_address;
11088 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT);
11090 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11092 if (!h->def_regular)
11093 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
11096 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local);
11099 g = htab->got_info;
11100 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
11102 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11103 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
11106 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
11110 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11111 offset = mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd, info, h);
11112 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset);
11114 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11115 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
11116 loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
11117 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
11118 + sgot->output_offset
11120 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32);
11121 outrel.r_addend = 0;
11122 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc);
11125 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11128 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
11130 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
11132 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
11133 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
11134 + h->root.u.def.value);
11135 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY);
11137 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel,
11138 htab->srelbss->contents
11139 + (htab->srelbss->reloc_count
11140 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
11141 ++htab->srelbss->reloc_count;
11144 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11145 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
11146 sym->st_value &= ~1;
11151 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11154 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
11157 bfd_vma gotplt_value, gotplt_value_high, gotplt_value_low;
11158 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
11159 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11161 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11162 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11164 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
11165 plt_entry = mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry;
11166 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
11167 plt_entry = mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry;
11168 else if (!htab->plt_header_is_comp)
11169 plt_entry = mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
11170 else if (htab->insn32)
11171 plt_entry = micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
11173 plt_entry = micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
11175 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11176 gotplt_value = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
11177 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset);
11178 gotplt_value_high = ((gotplt_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11179 gotplt_value_low = gotplt_value & 0xffff;
11181 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11182 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11183 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value & ~(bfd_vma) 0x7fffffff) == 0
11184 || ~(gotplt_value | 0x7fffffff) == 0);
11186 /* Install the PLT header. */
11187 loc = htab->splt->contents;
11188 if (plt_entry == micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
11190 bfd_vma gotpc_offset;
11191 bfd_vma loc_address;
11194 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value % 4 == 0);
11196 loc_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
11197 + htab->splt->output_offset);
11198 gotpc_offset = gotplt_value - ((loc_address | 3) ^ 3);
11200 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11201 if (gotpc_offset + 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11203 (*_bfd_error_handler)
11204 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11206 htab->sgotplt->output_section,
11207 htab->splt->output_section,
11208 (long) gotpc_offset);
11209 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error);
11212 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
11213 plt_entry[0] | ((gotpc_offset >> 18) & 0x7f), loc);
11214 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, (gotpc_offset >> 2) & 0xffff, loc + 2);
11215 for (i = 2; i < ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry); i++)
11216 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[i], loc + (i * 2));
11218 else if (plt_entry == micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
11222 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], loc);
11223 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, gotplt_value_high, loc + 2);
11224 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
11225 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, gotplt_value_low, loc + 6);
11226 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
11227 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, gotplt_value_low, loc + 10);
11228 for (i = 6; i < ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry); i++)
11229 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[i], loc + (i * 2));
11233 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | gotplt_value_high, loc);
11234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 4);
11235 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 8);
11236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
11237 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
11238 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
11239 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
11240 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
11246 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11247 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11250 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
11252 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
11254 bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address;
11255 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
11256 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11258 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11259 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11261 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry;
11263 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11264 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
11265 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
11266 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
11268 got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11269 got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff;
11271 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11272 plt_address = htab->splt->output_section->vma + htab->splt->output_offset;
11274 /* Install the PLT header. */
11275 loc = htab->splt->contents;
11276 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc);
11277 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4);
11278 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8);
11279 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
11280 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
11281 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
11283 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11284 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
11285 rela.r_offset = plt_address;
11286 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
11288 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
11289 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11291 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11292 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11293 rela.r_offset += 4;
11294 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
11295 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
11296 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11298 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11299 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11300 in which symbols were output. */
11301 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
11303 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
11305 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
11306 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
11307 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11308 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11310 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
11311 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
11312 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11313 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11315 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
11316 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
11317 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11318 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11322 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11325 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
11328 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11330 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11331 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11333 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11334 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++)
11335 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i],
11336 htab->splt->contents + i * 4);
11339 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11342 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
11343 struct bfd_link_info *info)
11348 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
11349 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11351 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11352 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11354 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
11356 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
11359 gg = htab->got_info;
11361 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
11364 int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0;
11366 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
11367 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
11369 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd, FALSE);
11370 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
11372 for (b = sdyn->contents;
11373 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
11374 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
11376 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
11380 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
11382 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11383 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
11385 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11391 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
11395 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
11396 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj);
11400 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11402 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
11407 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
11410 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
11412 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
11415 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
11416 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
11419 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
11420 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
11423 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
11427 dyn.d_un.d_val = t;
11431 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
11433 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11436 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
11438 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11441 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
11442 s = output_bfd->sections;
11443 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
11444 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
11447 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
11448 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
11451 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
11452 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11453 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11454 referenced within the same object. */
11455 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
11458 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
11459 if (htab->global_gotsym)
11461 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->global_gotsym->dynindx;
11464 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11465 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11466 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
11468 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
11470 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
11471 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, name);
11474 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize;
11476 dyn.d_un.d_val = 0;
11479 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
11480 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
11483 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
11485 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
11486 h = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol;
11489 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
11490 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11493 s = h->root.u.def.section;
11495 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP tag stores the absolute address of the
11497 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
11498 + h->root.u.def.value);
11502 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL:
11504 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
11505 bfd_vma dt_addr, rld_addr;
11506 h = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol;
11509 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
11510 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11513 s = h->root.u.def.section;
11515 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL tag stores the offset to the debug
11516 pointer, relative to the address of the tag. */
11517 dt_addr = (sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset
11518 + (b - sdyn->contents));
11519 rld_addr = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
11520 + h->root.u.def.value);
11521 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = rld_addr - dt_addr;
11525 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
11526 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
11527 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
11528 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
11532 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
11533 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
11535 dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size;
11539 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
11540 if (htab->is_vxworks)
11541 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
11543 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_REL;
11547 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
11548 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size;
11552 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
11553 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma
11554 + htab->srelplt->output_offset);
11558 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11559 the dynamic tag. */
11560 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
11562 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
11563 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11568 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11569 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11570 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
11571 dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
11573 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11577 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11578 if (htab->is_vxworks
11579 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
11584 if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped)
11585 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
11586 (dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped);
11590 dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip;
11595 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11596 if (dyn_skipped > 0)
11597 memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped);
11600 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0
11601 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot->output_section))
11603 if (htab->is_vxworks)
11605 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11606 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11607 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11608 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11609 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11610 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd,
11611 sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma,
11613 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
11614 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11615 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
11617 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11621 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11622 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11623 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11624 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
11625 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
11626 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11629 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
11630 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
11633 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11634 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
11636 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
11637 bfd_vma addend = 0;
11639 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
11640 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
11642 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
11644 bfd_vma got_index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
11645 + g->next->tls_gotno;
11647 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
11648 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11649 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
11651 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11653 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
11656 for (; got_index < g->local_gotno; got_index++)
11658 if (got_index >= g->assigned_low_gotno
11659 && got_index <= g->assigned_high_gotno)
11662 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
11663 = got_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
11664 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11665 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
11666 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
11667 0, &addend, sgot)))
11669 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
11674 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11675 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11678 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
11681 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
11683 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
11685 for (b = sdyn->contents;
11686 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
11687 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
11689 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
11692 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11693 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
11695 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11701 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11702 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11703 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11704 are trailing null entries. */
11705 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
11706 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
11707 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
11708 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
11709 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
11710 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11711 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11712 elf_section_data (s->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_size
11717 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11722 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
11729 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
11731 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
11733 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11734 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
11738 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
11740 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
11741 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
11744 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
11745 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
11748 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11749 if (htab->sstubs != NULL)
11751 file_ptr dummy_offset;
11753 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
11754 dummy_offset = htab->sstubs->size - htab->function_stub_size;
11755 memset (htab->sstubs->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
11756 htab->function_stub_size);
11761 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11762 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11763 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11764 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11765 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
11767 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
11769 && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
11771 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
11773 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
11774 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
11775 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel),
11776 sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
11778 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
11779 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
11780 sort_dynamic_relocs);
11785 if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0)
11787 if (htab->is_vxworks)
11789 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
11790 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
11792 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
11796 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_link_pic (info));
11797 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info))
11805 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11808 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
11812 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
11815 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
11816 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
11819 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
11820 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
11823 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
11824 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
11827 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
11828 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
11829 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
11830 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
11831 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
11834 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
11835 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
11838 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
11839 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
11842 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
11843 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
11846 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
11847 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
11850 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
11851 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
11854 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
11855 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
11858 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
11859 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
11862 case bfd_mach_mips5900:
11863 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_5900;
11866 case bfd_mach_mips9000:
11867 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000;
11870 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
11871 case bfd_mach_mips7000:
11872 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
11873 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
11874 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
11875 case bfd_mach_mips14000:
11876 case bfd_mach_mips16000:
11877 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
11880 case bfd_mach_mips5:
11881 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
11884 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e:
11885 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E;
11888 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f:
11889 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F;
11892 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
11893 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
11896 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a:
11897 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A;
11900 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
11901 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp:
11902 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON;
11905 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3:
11906 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3;
11909 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr:
11910 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_XLR;
11913 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2:
11914 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2;
11917 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
11918 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
11921 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
11922 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
11925 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
11926 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3:
11927 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5:
11928 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
11931 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
11932 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3:
11933 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5:
11934 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
11937 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6:
11938 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6;
11941 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6:
11942 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6;
11945 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
11946 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
11951 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
11952 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
11953 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
11954 relocs to be sorted. */
11957 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection *sec)
11959 return (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0;
11963 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
11964 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
11965 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
11968 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
11969 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11972 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
11976 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
11977 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
11978 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
11979 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
11980 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
11982 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
11983 info for each special section. */
11984 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
11985 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
11988 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
11990 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
11991 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
11992 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
11994 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11997 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
11998 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11999 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
12000 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
12001 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."));
12002 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
12003 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
12004 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12007 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
12008 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
12009 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
12010 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
12011 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"));
12012 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
12013 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
12014 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
12015 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12018 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
12019 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
12021 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12022 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
12024 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12027 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
12028 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
12029 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
12030 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
12031 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events"))
12032 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
12033 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12036 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12037 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
12039 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12041 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
12042 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12049 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12053 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
12054 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12059 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12060 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
12061 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
12064 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12065 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12068 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12069 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
12070 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
12071 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
12074 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12075 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
12076 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
12077 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
12080 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12081 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12082 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
12083 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
12089 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12092 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
12093 struct bfd_link_info *info)
12096 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
12099 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12101 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
12102 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
12104 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
12105 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
12110 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12114 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
12116 m->sections[0] = s;
12118 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12119 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12121 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
12122 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
12130 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12132 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12133 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
12135 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
12136 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS)
12141 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12145 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS;
12147 m->sections[0] = s;
12149 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12150 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12152 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
12153 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
12161 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12162 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12163 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12165 if (NEWABI_P (abfd)
12166 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12167 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12168 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12170 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
12172 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
12173 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
12178 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
12180 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12182 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
12183 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
12186 if (*pm == NULL || (*pm)->p_type != PT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
12188 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
12189 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12190 options_segment->next = *pm;
12191 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
12192 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
12193 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
12194 options_segment->count = 1;
12195 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
12196 *pm = options_segment;
12202 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
12204 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12205 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12206 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
12207 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
12208 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
12210 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
12211 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
12216 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12220 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
12222 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
12227 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
12232 m->sections[0] = s;
12235 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12236 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12237 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
12247 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12248 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12250 for (pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd); *pm != NULL;
12252 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
12255 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12256 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12257 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12258 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12259 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12260 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12261 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12262 PT_LOAD segment. */
12263 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
12266 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
12268 static const char *sec_names[] =
12270 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12274 struct elf_segment_map *n;
12276 low = ~(bfd_vma) 0;
12278 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
12280 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
12281 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
12288 if (high < s->vma + sz)
12289 high = s->vma + sz;
12294 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
12295 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
12297 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
12300 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
12301 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12308 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
12310 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
12312 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
12314 n->sections[i] = s;
12323 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12324 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12326 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12327 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12328 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12329 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12330 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12332 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12333 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12334 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12335 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12336 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12339 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12340 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12342 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
12343 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
12345 for (pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd); *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next)
12346 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_NULL)
12350 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*m));
12354 m->p_type = PT_NULL;
12362 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12366 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
12367 struct bfd_link_info *info,
12368 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
12369 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
12370 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
12372 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12375 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
12377 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
12378 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
12382 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
12385 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
12388 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12389 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12390 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12391 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12394 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12395 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
12396 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
12397 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
12398 unsigned long r_symndx;
12399 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
12401 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
12404 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
12405 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
12406 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
12408 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
12409 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
12410 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
12412 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
12413 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
12415 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
12416 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
12417 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
12418 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
12419 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
12420 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
12421 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
12422 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
12423 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
12424 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
12425 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
12426 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
12427 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
12428 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
12429 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
12430 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
12431 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
12432 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
12433 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
12434 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
12445 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12448 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info *info,
12449 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook)
12453 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info, gc_mark_hook);
12455 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub != NULL; sub = sub->link.next)
12459 if (! is_mips_elf (sub))
12462 for (o = sub->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
12464 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12465 (bfd_get_section_name (sub, o)))
12467 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info, o, gc_mark_hook))
12475 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12476 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12477 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12478 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12481 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
12482 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
12483 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
12485 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
12487 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
12489 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
12490 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
12491 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12492 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12493 if (indmips->has_static_relocs)
12494 dirmips->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
12496 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
12499 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
12500 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
12501 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
12502 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
12503 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
12504 if (indmips->fn_stub)
12506 dirmips->fn_stub = indmips->fn_stub;
12507 indmips->fn_stub = NULL;
12509 if (indmips->need_fn_stub)
12511 dirmips->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
12512 indmips->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
12514 if (indmips->call_stub)
12516 dirmips->call_stub = indmips->call_stub;
12517 indmips->call_stub = NULL;
12519 if (indmips->call_fp_stub)
12521 dirmips->call_fp_stub = indmips->call_fp_stub;
12522 indmips->call_fp_stub = NULL;
12524 if (indmips->global_got_area < dirmips->global_got_area)
12525 dirmips->global_got_area = indmips->global_got_area;
12526 if (indmips->global_got_area < GGA_NONE)
12527 indmips->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
12528 if (indmips->has_nonpic_branches)
12529 dirmips->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
12532 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12535 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
12536 struct bfd_link_info *info)
12539 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
12540 unsigned char *tdata;
12543 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
12548 if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
12550 if (o->output_section != NULL
12551 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
12554 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE);
12558 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
12559 info->keep_memory);
12566 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
12567 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
12569 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
12571 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
12580 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
12581 if (o->rawsize == 0)
12582 o->rawsize = o->size;
12583 o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE;
12589 if (! info->keep_memory)
12590 free (cookie->rels);
12596 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
12598 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
12604 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd,
12605 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12606 asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents)
12608 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
12611 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
12614 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
12618 end = contents + sec->size;
12619 for (from = contents, i = 0;
12621 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
12623 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
12626 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
12629 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
12630 sec->output_offset, sec->size);
12634 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12635 from output by default for clarity. */
12638 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
12640 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, sym->name);
12643 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12644 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12646 struct mips_elf_find_line
12648 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
12649 struct ecoff_find_line i;
12653 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols,
12654 asection *section, bfd_vma offset,
12655 const char **filename_ptr,
12656 const char **functionname_ptr,
12657 unsigned int *line_ptr,
12658 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
12662 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, NULL, section, offset,
12663 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12664 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr,
12665 dwarf_debug_sections,
12666 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
12667 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
12670 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
12671 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12675 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
12678 flagword origflags;
12679 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
12680 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
12681 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
12683 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12684 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12685 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12686 origflags = msec->flags;
12687 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
12688 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
12690 fi = mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
12693 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
12696 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
12697 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
12699 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12702 msec->flags = origflags;
12706 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
12708 msec->flags = origflags;
12712 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12713 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
12714 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
12715 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
12717 msec->flags = origflags;
12720 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
12721 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
12722 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
12723 fraw_end = (fraw_src
12724 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
12725 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
12726 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
12728 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
12730 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12731 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12732 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12733 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12734 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12735 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12738 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
12739 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12742 msec->flags = origflags;
12746 msec->flags = origflags;
12749 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12751 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
12752 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12753 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr);
12757 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
12758 const char **filename_ptr,
12759 const char **functionname_ptr,
12760 unsigned int *line_ptr)
12763 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
12764 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
12765 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
12770 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12771 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12772 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12775 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
12776 const void *location,
12777 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
12779 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name))
12783 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
12785 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
12786 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12787 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
12790 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
12793 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size);
12796 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
12799 memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
12802 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
12806 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12807 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12810 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12812 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
12813 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
12815 bfd_boolean relocatable,
12818 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
12819 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
12820 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
12823 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
12824 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
12827 if (reloc_size < 0)
12830 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
12831 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
12834 /* read in the section */
12835 sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size;
12836 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz))
12839 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
12843 if (reloc_count < 0)
12846 if (reloc_count > 0)
12851 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
12854 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
12855 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
12856 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
12857 if (abfd && input_bfd
12858 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
12862 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
12863 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
12870 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
12871 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
12872 case bfd_link_hash_common:
12875 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
12876 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
12878 gp = lh->u.def.value;
12880 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
12881 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
12883 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
12885 case bfd_link_hash_new:
12894 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
12896 char *error_message = NULL;
12897 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
12899 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
12900 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
12901 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
12903 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
12904 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
12905 to the generic handling. */
12907 && (*parent)->howto->special_function
12908 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
12909 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
12910 input_section, relocatable,
12913 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data,
12915 relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
12920 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
12922 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
12923 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
12927 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
12931 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
12932 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
12933 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
12934 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE)))
12937 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
12938 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
12939 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
12940 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
12941 (*parent)->address)))
12944 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
12945 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
12947 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
12948 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
12949 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
12952 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
12961 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
12962 free (reloc_vector);
12966 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
12967 free (reloc_vector);
12972 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd,
12973 asection *sec, bfd_vma addr, int count)
12975 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12976 unsigned int sec_shndx;
12977 bfd_byte *contents;
12978 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
12979 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
12980 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
12981 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
12982 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
12983 struct elf_link_hash_entry **start_hashes;
12984 unsigned int symcount;
12986 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
12987 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
12989 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
12990 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
12992 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
12993 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
12994 (size_t) (sec->size - addr - count));
12995 sec->size -= count;
12997 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
12998 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
13000 /* Get the new reloc address. */
13001 if (irel->r_offset > addr)
13002 irel->r_offset -= count;
13005 BFD_ASSERT (addr % 2 == 0);
13006 BFD_ASSERT (count % 2 == 0);
13008 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
13009 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
13010 isym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
13011 for (isymend = isym + symtab_hdr->sh_info; isym < isymend; isym++)
13012 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx && isym->st_value > addr)
13013 isym->st_value -= count;
13015 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
13016 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
13017 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
13018 sym_hashes = start_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
13019 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
13021 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
13023 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
13025 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
13026 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
13027 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec)
13029 bfd_vma value = sym_hash->root.u.def.value;
13031 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash->other))
13032 value &= MINUS_TWO;
13034 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
13042 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13043 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13045 struct opcode_descriptor {
13046 unsigned long match;
13047 unsigned long mask;
13050 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13054 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13056 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13057 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13059 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13061 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13062 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13065 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13067 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32[] = {
13068 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13069 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13070 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13073 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32 =
13074 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13076 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32 =
13077 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13079 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32 =
13080 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13082 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32 =
13083 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13085 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16 =
13086 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13088 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16 =
13089 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13092 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13094 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13095 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13096 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13098 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13100 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32[] = {
13101 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13102 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13103 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13106 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32[] = {
13107 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13108 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13109 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13112 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32[] = {
13113 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13114 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13115 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13118 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16[] = {
13119 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13120 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13121 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13124 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13126 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0xf) + 2)
13127 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 7) << 7)
13130 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13132 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16 =
13133 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13135 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32 =
13136 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13138 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32 =
13139 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13141 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32 =
13142 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13144 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32 =
13145 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13147 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13149 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16[] = {
13150 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13152 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13153 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13155 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13156 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13157 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13158 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13161 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13163 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32[] = {
13164 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13166 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13167 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13168 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13172 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13174 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16 =
13175 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13177 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32 =
13178 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13180 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16 =
13181 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13183 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13185 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13187 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16[] = {
13188 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13190 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13191 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13192 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13193 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13197 /* LUI instruction. */
13199 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn =
13200 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13203 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13205 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn =
13206 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13208 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn =
13209 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13211 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13212 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13215 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13217 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13218 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13219 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13220 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13222 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13223 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13225 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32[] = {
13226 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13227 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13228 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13231 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16 =
13232 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13235 /* NOP instructions. */
13237 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32 =
13238 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13240 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16 =
13241 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13244 /* Instruction match support. */
13246 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13249 find_match (unsigned long opcode, const struct opcode_descriptor insn[])
13251 unsigned long indx;
13253 for (indx = 0; insn[indx].mask != 0; indx++)
13254 if (MATCH (opcode, insn[indx]))
13261 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13263 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13264 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13265 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13266 the second half of another instruction. */
13269 check_br16_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
13271 unsigned long opcode;
13274 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
13275 if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32) != 0)
13276 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13278 else if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd16) != 0
13279 || find_match (opcode, ds_insns_16_bd16) >= 0)
13280 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13283 /* No delay slot. */
13289 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13290 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13291 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13292 the second half of another instruction. */
13295 check_br32_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
13297 unsigned long opcode;
13300 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13301 if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd32) >= 0)
13302 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13304 else if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd16) >= 0)
13305 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13308 /* No delay slot. */
13314 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13315 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13318 check_br16 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
13320 unsigned long opcode;
13322 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
13323 if (MATCH (opcode, b_insn_16)
13325 || (MATCH (opcode, jr_insn_16) && reg != JR16_REG (opcode))
13327 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_16) && reg != BZ16_REG (opcode))
13328 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13329 || (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32)
13331 && reg != JR16_REG (opcode) && reg != RA))
13337 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13338 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13341 check_br32 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
13343 unsigned long opcode;
13345 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13346 if (MATCH (opcode, j_insn_32)
13348 || MATCH (opcode, bc_insn_32)
13349 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13350 || (MATCH (opcode, jal_x_insn_32_bd32) && reg != RA)
13352 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_32) && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode))
13353 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13354 || (MATCH (opcode, bzal_insn_32)
13355 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13356 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != RA)
13357 || ((MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_32) || MATCH (opcode, beq_insn_32))
13358 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13359 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != OP32_TREG (opcode)))
13365 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13366 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13367 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13370 check_relocated_bzc (bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr, bfd_vma offset,
13371 const Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
13372 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irelend)
13374 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irel;
13375 unsigned long opcode;
13377 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13378 if (find_match (opcode, bzc_insns_32) < 0)
13381 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
13382 if (irel->r_offset == offset
13383 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1)
13389 /* Bitsize checking. */
13390 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13391 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13392 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13396 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
13397 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
13398 bfd_boolean *again)
13400 bfd_boolean insn32 = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info)->insn32;
13401 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
13402 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
13403 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
13404 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
13405 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
13407 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13410 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13411 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13414 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
13415 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
13416 || sec->reloc_count == 0
13417 || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
13420 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
13422 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13423 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13424 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
13425 link_info->keep_memory));
13426 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
13429 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13430 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
13431 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
13433 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
13434 unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
13435 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p;
13436 unsigned long opcode;
13442 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13443 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13447 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13449 if (r_type != R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13450 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13451 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
13454 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13455 if (contents == NULL)
13457 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13458 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
13459 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
13460 /* Go get them off disk. */
13461 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
13464 ptr = contents + irel->r_offset;
13466 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13467 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
13469 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
13470 if (isymbuf == NULL)
13471 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
13472 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
13474 if (isymbuf == NULL)
13478 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13479 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
13481 /* A local symbol. */
13482 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
13485 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
13486 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
13487 sym_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
13488 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
13489 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
13490 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
13491 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
13493 sym_sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
13494 symval = (isym->st_value
13495 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
13496 + sym_sec->output_offset);
13497 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym->st_other);
13501 unsigned long indx;
13502 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
13504 /* An external symbol. */
13505 indx = r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
13506 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
13507 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
13509 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
13510 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
13511 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13512 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13513 regular reloc processing. */
13516 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
13517 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
13518 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
13519 target_is_micromips_code_p = (!h->needs_plt
13520 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->other));
13524 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13525 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13526 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13527 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13528 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13529 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13530 the linker is run. */
13532 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13533 if (irel->r_offset + 4 > sec->size)
13536 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13538 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13539 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13541 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)
13544 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13545 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13546 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13548 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13550 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13551 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13552 out the offset). */
13553 if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16 && MATCH (opcode, lui_insn))
13555 bfd_boolean bzc = FALSE;
13556 unsigned long nextopc;
13560 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13562 if (irel > internal_relocs
13563 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13564 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info) == r_symndx)
13567 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13568 if (irel + 1 >= irelend
13569 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[1].r_info) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13570 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel[1].r_info) != r_symndx)
13573 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13574 if (irel + 2 >= irelend
13575 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[2].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13576 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[2].r_info) == r_symndx)
13579 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13580 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13581 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13582 it through if so. */
13583 if (irel->r_offset >= 2
13584 && check_br16_dslot (abfd, ptr - 2)
13585 && !(irel->r_offset >= 4
13586 && (bzc = check_relocated_bzc (abfd,
13587 ptr - 4, irel->r_offset - 4,
13588 internal_relocs, irelend))))
13590 if (irel->r_offset >= 4
13592 && check_br32_dslot (abfd, ptr - 4))
13595 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode);
13597 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13598 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13599 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13600 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13601 offset = irel[1].r_offset - irel[0].r_offset;
13602 switch (offset - 4)
13607 if (check_br16 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
13611 if (check_br32 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
13618 nextopc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, contents + irel[1].r_offset);
13620 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13622 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc) != reg)
13625 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13626 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13627 pcrval = ((pcrval - offset + 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13629 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13630 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval, 16))
13632 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13633 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16);
13635 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13636 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13637 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13638 nextopc &= ~0x001f0000;
13639 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (nextopc >> 16) & 0xffff,
13640 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
13643 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13644 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13645 the PC-relative distance. */
13646 else if (symval % 4 == 0
13647 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval + 4, 25)
13648 && MATCH (nextopc, addiu_insn)
13649 && OP32_TREG (nextopc) == OP32_SREG (nextopc)
13650 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc)))
13652 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13653 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2);
13655 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13656 nextopc = (addiupc_insn.match
13657 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc)));
13659 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, nextopc,
13660 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
13663 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13667 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13668 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MIPS_NONE);
13670 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13675 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13676 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13677 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13678 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13679 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13680 && irel->r_offset + 5 < sec->size
13681 && ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
13682 || (fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0)
13684 && (delcnt = MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 4),
13685 nop_insn_16) ? 2 : 0))
13686 || (irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size
13687 && (delcnt = MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd,
13689 nop_insn_32) ? 4 : 0))))
13693 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
13695 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13696 opcode = (bzc_insns_32[fndopc].match
13697 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg)
13698 | (opcode & 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13700 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, opcode, ptr);
13702 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13703 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13707 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13708 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13710 && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13711 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 11)
13712 && find_match (opcode, b_insns_32) >= 0)
13714 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13715 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
13717 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13720 | (opcode & 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13723 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13728 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13729 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13731 && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13732 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 8)
13733 && (((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
13734 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode)))
13735 || ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0
13736 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode)))))
13740 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
13742 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13743 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
13745 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13747 (bz_insns_16[fndopc].match
13748 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg)
13749 | (opcode & 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13752 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13757 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13759 && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13760 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13761 && irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size
13762 && MATCH (opcode, jal_insn_32_bd32))
13764 unsigned long n32opc;
13765 bfd_boolean relaxed = FALSE;
13767 n32opc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr + 4);
13769 if (MATCH (n32opc, nop_insn_32))
13771 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13772 bfd_put_16 (abfd, nop_insn_16.match, ptr + 4);
13776 else if (find_match (n32opc, move_insns_32) >= 0)
13778 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13780 (move_insn_16.match
13781 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc))
13782 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc))),
13787 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13788 instructions will be handled here later. */
13792 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13793 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13794 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, jal_insn_32_bd16.match, ptr);
13796 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13804 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13805 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
13806 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
13807 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
13809 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13810 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec,
13811 irel->r_offset + deloff, delcnt))
13814 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13815 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
13820 if (isymbuf != NULL
13821 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
13823 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
13827 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13828 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
13832 if (contents != NULL
13833 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
13835 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
13839 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13840 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
13844 if (internal_relocs != NULL
13845 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
13846 free (internal_relocs);
13851 if (isymbuf != NULL
13852 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
13854 if (contents != NULL
13855 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
13857 if (internal_relocs != NULL
13858 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
13859 free (internal_relocs);
13864 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
13866 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
13867 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
13869 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
13870 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
13872 ret = bfd_zmalloc (amt);
13876 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
13877 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
13878 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry),
13884 ret->root.init_plt_refcount.plist = NULL;
13885 ret->root.init_plt_offset.plist = NULL;
13887 return &ret->root.root;
13890 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
13892 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
13893 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
13895 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
13897 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
13900 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
13902 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret;
13903 htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
13904 htab->is_vxworks = TRUE;
13909 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
13910 and copy relocs. */
13913 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
13915 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
13918 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
13919 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
13922 _bfd_mips_elf_insn32 (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean on)
13924 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->insn32 = on;
13927 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
13929 struct mips_mach_extension
13931 unsigned long extension, base;
13935 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
13936 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
13938 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] =
13940 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
13941 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2 },
13942 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp },
13943 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp, bfd_mach_mips_octeon },
13944 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
13945 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
13947 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
13948 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13949 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13950 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13952 /* MIPS V extensions. */
13953 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
13955 /* R10000 extensions. */
13956 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13957 { bfd_mach_mips14000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13958 { bfd_mach_mips16000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13960 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
13961 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
13962 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
13963 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
13964 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
13965 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
13966 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
13968 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
13969 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13970 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13971 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13972 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13973 { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13975 /* VR4100 extensions. */
13976 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
13977 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
13979 /* MIPS III extensions. */
13980 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13981 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13982 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13983 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13984 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13985 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13986 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13987 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13988 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13989 { bfd_mach_mips5900, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13991 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
13992 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
13994 /* MIPS II extensions. */
13995 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
13996 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
13998 /* MIPS I extensions. */
13999 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
14000 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
14003 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14006 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
14010 if (extension == base)
14013 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14014 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension))
14017 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14018 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension))
14021 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
14022 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
14024 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
14025 if (extension == base)
14032 /* Return the BFD mach for each .MIPS.abiflags ISA Extension. */
14034 static unsigned long
14035 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (unsigned int isa_ext)
14039 case AFL_EXT_3900: return bfd_mach_mips3900;
14040 case AFL_EXT_4010: return bfd_mach_mips4010;
14041 case AFL_EXT_4100: return bfd_mach_mips4100;
14042 case AFL_EXT_4111: return bfd_mach_mips4111;
14043 case AFL_EXT_4120: return bfd_mach_mips4120;
14044 case AFL_EXT_4650: return bfd_mach_mips4650;
14045 case AFL_EXT_5400: return bfd_mach_mips5400;
14046 case AFL_EXT_5500: return bfd_mach_mips5500;
14047 case AFL_EXT_5900: return bfd_mach_mips5900;
14048 case AFL_EXT_10000: return bfd_mach_mips10000;
14049 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e;
14050 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
14051 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a;
14052 case AFL_EXT_SB1: return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
14053 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
14054 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP: return bfd_mach_mips_octeonp;
14055 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2;
14056 case AFL_EXT_XLR: return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
14057 default: return bfd_mach_mips3000;
14061 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
14064 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd *abfd)
14066 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
14068 case bfd_mach_mips3900: return AFL_EXT_3900;
14069 case bfd_mach_mips4010: return AFL_EXT_4010;
14070 case bfd_mach_mips4100: return AFL_EXT_4100;
14071 case bfd_mach_mips4111: return AFL_EXT_4111;
14072 case bfd_mach_mips4120: return AFL_EXT_4120;
14073 case bfd_mach_mips4650: return AFL_EXT_4650;
14074 case bfd_mach_mips5400: return AFL_EXT_5400;
14075 case bfd_mach_mips5500: return AFL_EXT_5500;
14076 case bfd_mach_mips5900: return AFL_EXT_5900;
14077 case bfd_mach_mips10000: return AFL_EXT_10000;
14078 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E;
14079 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F;
14080 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A;
14081 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1: return AFL_EXT_SB1;
14082 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON;
14083 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp: return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP;
14084 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3;
14085 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2;
14086 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr: return AFL_EXT_XLR;
14091 /* Encode ISA level and revision as a single value. */
14092 #define LEVEL_REV(LEV,REV) ((LEV) << 3 | (REV))
14094 /* Decode a single value into level and revision. */
14095 #define ISA_LEVEL(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) >> 3)
14096 #define ISA_REV(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) & 0x7)
14098 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
14101 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *abiflags)
14104 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
14106 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (1, 0); break;
14107 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (2, 0); break;
14108 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (3, 0); break;
14109 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (4, 0); break;
14110 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (5, 0); break;
14111 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (32, 1); break;
14112 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (32, 2); break;
14113 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (32, 6); break;
14114 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (64, 1); break;
14115 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (64, 2); break;
14116 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (64, 6); break;
14118 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14119 (_("%B: Unknown architecture %s"),
14120 abfd, bfd_printable_name (abfd));
14123 if (new_isa > LEVEL_REV (abiflags->isa_level, abiflags->isa_rev))
14125 abiflags->isa_level = ISA_LEVEL (new_isa);
14126 abiflags->isa_rev = ISA_REV (new_isa);
14129 /* Update the isa_ext if ABFD describes a further extension. */
14130 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags->isa_ext),
14131 bfd_get_mach (abfd)))
14132 abiflags->isa_ext = bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd);
14135 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14138 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
14140 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
14141 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14142 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14143 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14144 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14145 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14146 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14147 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6);
14150 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14153 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0* abiflags)
14155 obj_attribute *in_attr;
14157 memset (abiflags, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0));
14158 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd, abiflags);
14160 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags))
14161 abiflags->gpr_size = AFL_REG_32;
14163 abiflags->gpr_size = AFL_REG_64;
14165 abiflags->cpr1_size = AFL_REG_NONE;
14167 in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
14168 abiflags->fp_abi = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
14170 if (abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14171 || abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14172 || (abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14173 && abiflags->gpr_size == AFL_REG_32))
14174 abiflags->cpr1_size = AFL_REG_32;
14175 else if (abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14176 || abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14177 || abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A)
14178 abiflags->cpr1_size = AFL_REG_64;
14180 abiflags->cpr2_size = AFL_REG_NONE;
14182 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
14183 abiflags->ases |= AFL_ASE_MDMX;
14184 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
14185 abiflags->ases |= AFL_ASE_MIPS16;
14186 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
14187 abiflags->ases |= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS;
14189 if (abiflags->fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14190 && abiflags->fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14191 && abiflags->fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14192 && abiflags->isa_level >= 32
14193 && abiflags->isa_ext != AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A)
14194 abiflags->flags1 |= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG;
14197 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14198 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14199 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14202 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
14205 struct bfd_link_order *p;
14206 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
14207 asection *rtproc_sec, *abiflags_sec;
14208 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
14209 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
14210 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
14211 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
14212 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
14213 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
14214 void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
14219 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
14221 static const char * const secname[] =
14223 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14224 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14226 static const int sc[] =
14228 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
14229 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
14232 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14234 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
14235 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
14237 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd, info))
14240 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14242 hti.output_bfd = abfd;
14244 htab_traverse (htab->la25_stubs, mips_elf_create_la25_stub, &hti);
14248 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14249 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
14251 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
14253 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
14254 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
14255 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
14256 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
14257 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
14258 else if (htab->is_vxworks
14259 && (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash,
14260 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14261 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
14262 && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
14263 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
14264 + h->u.def.section->output_offset
14266 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
14268 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
14270 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14271 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
14273 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
14276 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14277 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info);
14281 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14282 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14283 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14287 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14289 abiflags_sec = NULL;
14290 reginfo_sec = NULL;
14292 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
14293 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
14294 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
14296 if (strcmp (o->name, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14298 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14299 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14300 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14301 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14303 asection *input_section;
14305 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14307 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14312 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14314 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14315 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14316 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14319 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14320 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0));
14322 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14323 matters, but someday it might). */
14324 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14329 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
14331 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
14333 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14334 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14335 the information together. */
14336 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14338 asection *input_section;
14340 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
14343 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14345 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14350 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14351 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
14353 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
14354 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
14357 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
14359 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
14360 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
14361 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
14362 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
14363 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
14365 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14366 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
14367 finally written out. */
14369 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14370 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14371 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14374 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14375 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
14377 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14378 matters, but someday it might). */
14379 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14384 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
14386 struct extsym_info einfo;
14389 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14390 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14391 the information together. */
14392 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
14393 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14394 symhdr->vstamp = 0;
14395 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
14396 symhdr->cbLine = 0;
14397 symhdr->idnMax = 0;
14398 symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
14399 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
14400 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
14401 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
14402 symhdr->issMax = 0;
14403 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
14404 symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
14406 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
14408 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14409 debug_info structure. */
14411 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
14412 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
14413 debug.external_sym = NULL;
14414 debug.external_opt = NULL;
14415 debug.external_aux = NULL;
14417 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
14418 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
14419 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
14420 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
14422 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
14423 if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
14427 esym.cobol_main = 0;
14431 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
14432 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
14433 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
14434 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
14436 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
14438 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
14439 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
14442 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
14443 last = s->vma + s->size;
14446 esym.asym.value = last;
14447 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
14448 secname[i], &esym))
14452 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14454 asection *input_section;
14456 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
14457 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
14461 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14463 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14468 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14469 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
14471 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd))
14473 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14474 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14475 want to deal with it. */
14479 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
14480 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
14482 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size);
14484 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14485 read in the debugging information and set up an
14486 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14487 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
14491 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14492 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
14493 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
14496 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14497 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14498 the linker global hash table and save the information
14499 for the output external symbols. */
14500 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
14501 eraw_end = (eraw_src
14502 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
14503 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
14505 eraw_src < eraw_end;
14506 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
14510 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
14512 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
14513 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
14514 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
14515 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
14518 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
14519 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
14520 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
14521 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
14526 BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
14527 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
14528 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
14534 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14535 free (input_debug.line);
14536 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
14537 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
14538 free (input_debug.external_sym);
14539 free (input_debug.external_opt);
14540 free (input_debug.external_aux);
14541 free (input_debug.ss);
14542 free (input_debug.ssext);
14543 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
14544 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
14545 free (input_debug.external_ext);
14547 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14548 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14549 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14552 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && bfd_link_pic (info))
14554 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14555 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
14556 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
14558 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
14559 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
14561 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
14564 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
14565 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
14569 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
14575 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14578 einfo.debug = &debug;
14580 einfo.failed = FALSE;
14581 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
14582 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
14586 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14587 o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
14589 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14590 matters, but someday it might). */
14591 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14596 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o->name, ".gptab."))
14598 const char *subname;
14601 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
14604 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14605 information describing how the small data area would
14606 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14607 not used in executables files. */
14608 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info))
14610 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14612 asection *input_section;
14614 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14616 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14621 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14623 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14624 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14625 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14628 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14629 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14630 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14632 /* Really remove the section. */
14633 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o);
14634 --abfd->section_count;
14639 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14640 uninitialized data. */
14641 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14642 gptab_data_sec = o;
14643 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14647 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14648 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
14649 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
14650 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
14654 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14655 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14656 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14657 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14658 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14659 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14660 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
14662 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
14663 o->name = ".gptab.data";
14665 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
14666 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14667 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
14670 /* Set up the first entry. */
14672 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
14673 tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
14676 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
14677 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
14679 /* Combine the input sections. */
14680 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14682 asection *input_section;
14684 bfd_size_type size;
14685 unsigned long last;
14686 bfd_size_type gpentry;
14688 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14690 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14695 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14696 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
14698 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14699 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14700 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14701 size = input_section->size;
14703 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
14705 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
14707 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
14708 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
14714 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14715 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
14716 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
14722 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
14724 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
14725 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
14728 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
14730 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
14731 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
14733 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
14739 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
14742 /* We need a new table entry. */
14743 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
14744 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
14745 if (new_tab == NULL)
14751 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
14752 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
14754 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14755 value, since that will be implied by this new
14758 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
14760 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
14762 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
14763 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
14767 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
14768 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
14773 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
14776 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14777 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14778 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14781 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14783 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
14785 /* Swap out the table. */
14786 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
14787 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
14788 if (ext_tab == NULL)
14794 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
14795 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
14798 o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
14799 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
14801 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14802 matters, but someday it might). */
14803 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14807 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14808 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
14811 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14813 if (abiflags_sec != NULL)
14815 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext;
14816 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *abiflags;
14818 abiflags = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags;
14820 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
14821 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid)
14823 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd, abiflags);
14824 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
14826 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd, abiflags, &ext);
14827 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, abiflags_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
14831 if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
14833 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
14835 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
14836 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
14840 if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
14842 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
14843 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
14845 mdebug_sec->filepos))
14848 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
14851 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
14853 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
14854 gptab_data_sec->contents,
14855 0, gptab_data_sec->size))
14859 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
14861 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
14862 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
14863 0, gptab_bss_sec->size))
14867 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
14869 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
14870 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
14872 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
14873 rtproc_sec->contents,
14874 0, rtproc_sec->size))
14882 /* Merge object file header flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error
14883 if there are conflicting settings. */
14886 mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
14888 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *out_tdata = mips_elf_tdata (obfd);
14889 flagword old_flags;
14890 flagword new_flags;
14893 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
14894 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
14895 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
14897 /* Check flag compatibility. */
14899 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
14900 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
14902 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
14903 doesn't seem to matter. */
14904 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
14905 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
14907 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
14908 just be able to ignore this. */
14909 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
14910 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
14912 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
14913 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
14914 new_flags |= EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC;
14916 if (new_flags == old_flags)
14921 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
14922 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
14924 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14925 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
14930 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
14931 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
14932 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
14933 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
14935 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
14936 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
14938 /* Compare the ISAs. */
14939 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
14941 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14942 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
14946 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
14948 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
14949 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
14951 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
14952 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
14953 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
14954 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
14955 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
14956 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
14957 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
14959 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
14960 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd, &out_tdata->abiflags);
14962 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
14963 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
14964 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
14965 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
14966 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
14967 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
14971 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
14972 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14973 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14975 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
14976 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
14981 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
14982 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
14984 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
14985 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
14986 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
14987 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
14988 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
14990 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
14991 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
14992 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
14993 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
14995 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14996 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14998 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
14999 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
15002 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
15003 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
15006 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15007 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15008 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
15010 int old_micro = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
15011 int new_micro = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
15012 int old_m16 = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
15013 int new_m16 = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
15014 int micro_mis = old_m16 && new_micro;
15015 int m16_mis = old_micro && new_m16;
15017 if (m16_mis || micro_mis)
15019 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15020 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15022 m16_mis ? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15023 m16_mis ? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15027 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
15029 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
15030 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
15033 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15034 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008))
15036 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15038 (new_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15039 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15040 (old_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15041 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15043 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008;
15044 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008;
15047 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15048 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64))
15050 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15052 (new_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64
15053 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15054 (old_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64
15055 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15057 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_FP64;
15058 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_FP64;
15061 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15062 if (new_flags != old_flags)
15064 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15065 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules "
15067 ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags,
15068 (unsigned long) old_flags);
15075 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15076 there are conflicting attributes. */
15078 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
15080 obj_attribute *in_attr;
15081 obj_attribute *out_attr;
15085 abi_fp_bfd = mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd;
15086 in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
15087 if (!abi_fp_bfd && in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
15088 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd;
15090 abi_msa_bfd = mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_msa_bfd;
15092 && in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY)
15093 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_msa_bfd = ibfd;
15095 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
15097 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
15098 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
15100 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
15102 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
15107 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
15108 non-conflicting ones. */
15109 out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
15110 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
15114 out_fp = out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
15115 in_fp = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
15116 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].type = 1;
15117 if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
15118 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_fp;
15119 else if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15120 && (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15121 || in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15122 || in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A))
15124 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd;
15125 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
15127 else if (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15128 && (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15129 || out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15130 || out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A))
15131 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15132 else if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15133 && in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64)
15135 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd;
15136 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
15138 else if (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15139 && out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64)
15140 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15141 else if (in_fp != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
15143 const char *out_string, *in_string;
15145 out_string = _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp);
15146 in_string = _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp);
15147 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
15148 if (!out_string && !in_string)
15150 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15151 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15152 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_fp, in_fp);
15153 else if (!out_string)
15155 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15156 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15157 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_fp, in_string);
15158 else if (!in_string)
15160 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15161 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15162 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_string, in_fp);
15165 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
15166 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
15167 really relevant to the error message. */
15168 if (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT)
15169 out_string = "-mhard-float";
15170 else if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT)
15171 in_string = "-mhard-float";
15173 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15174 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_string, in_string);
15179 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
15180 non-conflicting ones. */
15181 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i)
15183 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].type = 1;
15184 if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY)
15185 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i;
15186 else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY)
15187 switch (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i)
15189 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128:
15191 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15192 "%B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15193 obfd, abi_msa_bfd, ibfd,
15194 "-mmsa", in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i);
15198 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i)
15200 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128:
15202 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15203 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15204 obfd, abi_msa_bfd, ibfd,
15205 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i, "-mmsa");
15210 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15211 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15212 obfd, abi_msa_bfd, ibfd,
15213 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i,
15214 in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i);
15220 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15221 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
15224 /* Merge object ABI flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15225 there are conflicting settings. */
15228 mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
15230 obj_attribute *out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
15231 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *out_tdata = mips_elf_tdata (obfd);
15232 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *in_tdata = mips_elf_tdata (ibfd);
15234 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15235 out_tdata->abiflags.fp_abi = out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
15237 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15238 /* Merge abiflags. */
15239 out_tdata->abiflags.isa_level = max (out_tdata->abiflags.isa_level,
15240 in_tdata->abiflags.isa_level);
15241 out_tdata->abiflags.isa_rev = max (out_tdata->abiflags.isa_rev,
15242 in_tdata->abiflags.isa_rev);
15243 out_tdata->abiflags.gpr_size = max (out_tdata->abiflags.gpr_size,
15244 in_tdata->abiflags.gpr_size);
15245 out_tdata->abiflags.cpr1_size = max (out_tdata->abiflags.cpr1_size,
15246 in_tdata->abiflags.cpr1_size);
15247 out_tdata->abiflags.cpr2_size = max (out_tdata->abiflags.cpr2_size,
15248 in_tdata->abiflags.cpr2_size);
15250 out_tdata->abiflags.ases |= in_tdata->abiflags.ases;
15251 out_tdata->abiflags.flags1 |= in_tdata->abiflags.flags1;
15256 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15257 object file when linking. */
15260 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
15262 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *out_tdata;
15263 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *in_tdata;
15264 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
15268 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15269 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
15271 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15272 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15277 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd) || !is_mips_elf (obfd))
15280 in_tdata = mips_elf_tdata (ibfd);
15281 out_tdata = mips_elf_tdata (obfd);
15283 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
15285 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15286 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15291 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If not,
15292 then it has no attributes, and its flags may not have been initialized
15293 either, but it cannot actually cause any incompatibility. */
15294 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
15296 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15297 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15298 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15299 not affect compatibility. */
15300 if ((sec->flags & SEC_IS_COMMON) == 0
15301 && strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
15302 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
15304 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
15305 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
15306 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
15308 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
15312 if (null_input_bfd)
15315 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15316 if (in_tdata->abiflags_valid)
15318 obj_attribute *in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
15319 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags;
15320 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags;
15322 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15324 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
15325 in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_tdata->abiflags.fp_abi;
15327 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd, &abiflags);
15328 in_abiflags = in_tdata->abiflags;
15330 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15331 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15332 if (in_abiflags.isa_rev == 3 || in_abiflags.isa_rev == 5)
15333 in_abiflags.isa_rev = 2;
15335 if (LEVEL_REV (in_abiflags.isa_level, in_abiflags.isa_rev)
15336 < LEVEL_REV (abiflags.isa_level, abiflags.isa_rev))
15337 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15338 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15339 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15340 if (abiflags.fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15341 && in_abiflags.fp_abi != abiflags.fp_abi)
15342 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15343 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent FP ABI between .gnu.attributes and "
15344 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15345 if ((in_abiflags.ases & abiflags.ases) != abiflags.ases)
15346 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15347 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15348 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15349 /* The isa_ext is allowed to be an extension of what can be inferred
15351 if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags.isa_ext),
15352 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (in_abiflags.isa_ext)))
15353 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15354 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15355 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15356 if (in_abiflags.flags2 != 0)
15357 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15358 (_("%B: warning: Unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15359 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd,
15360 (unsigned long) in_abiflags.flags2);
15364 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd, &in_tdata->abiflags);
15365 in_tdata->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
15368 if (!out_tdata->abiflags_valid)
15370 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15371 out_tdata->abiflags = in_tdata->abiflags;
15372 out_tdata->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
15375 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
15377 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
15378 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
15379 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
15380 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
15382 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
15383 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default
15384 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd),
15385 bfd_get_mach (ibfd))))
15387 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
15388 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
15391 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15392 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd, &out_tdata->abiflags);
15398 ok = mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (ibfd, obfd);
15400 ok = mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd) && ok;
15402 ok = mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (ibfd, obfd) && ok;
15406 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
15413 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15416 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
15418 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
15419 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
15421 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
15422 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
15427 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag)
15431 default: return "";
15432 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
15433 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15434 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
15435 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15436 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
15437 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15438 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
15439 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15440 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
15441 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15442 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
15443 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15445 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15446 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
15447 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15448 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
15449 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15450 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
15451 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15452 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
15453 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15454 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
15455 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15456 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
15457 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15458 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
15459 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15460 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
15461 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15462 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
15463 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15464 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
15465 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15466 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL:
15467 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL";
15468 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS:
15469 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15470 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO:
15471 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15472 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE:
15473 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15474 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO:
15475 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15476 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC:
15477 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15478 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO:
15479 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15480 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM:
15481 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15482 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO:
15483 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15484 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM:
15485 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15486 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO:
15487 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15488 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS:
15489 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15490 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT:
15491 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15492 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
15493 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15494 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX:
15495 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15496 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX:
15497 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15498 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX:
15499 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15500 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX:
15501 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15502 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
15503 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15504 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE:
15505 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15506 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN:
15507 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15508 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE:
15509 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15510 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR:
15511 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15512 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX:
15513 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15514 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE:
15515 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15516 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE:
15517 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15518 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC:
15519 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15520 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
15521 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15522 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT:
15523 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15527 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15531 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp)
15535 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15537 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE:
15538 return "-mdouble-float";
15540 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE:
15541 return "-msingle-float";
15543 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT:
15544 return "-msoft-float";
15546 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64:
15547 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15549 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX:
15552 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64:
15553 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15555 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A:
15556 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15564 print_mips_ases (FILE *file, unsigned int mask)
15566 if (mask & AFL_ASE_DSP)
15567 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file);
15568 if (mask & AFL_ASE_DSPR2)
15569 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file);
15570 if (mask & AFL_ASE_DSPR3)
15571 fputs ("\n\tDSP R3 ASE", file);
15572 if (mask & AFL_ASE_EVA)
15573 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file);
15574 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MCU)
15575 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file);
15576 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MDMX)
15577 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file);
15578 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MIPS3D)
15579 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file);
15580 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MT)
15581 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file);
15582 if (mask & AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS)
15583 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file);
15584 if (mask & AFL_ASE_VIRT)
15585 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file);
15586 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MSA)
15587 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file);
15588 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MIPS16)
15589 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file);
15590 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS)
15591 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file);
15592 if (mask & AFL_ASE_XPA)
15593 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file);
15595 fprintf (file, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15596 else if ((mask & ~AFL_ASE_MASK) != 0)
15597 fprintf (stdout, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask & ~AFL_ASE_MASK);
15601 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file, unsigned int isa_ext)
15606 fputs (_("None"), file);
15609 fputs ("RMI XLR", file);
15611 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3:
15612 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file);
15614 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2:
15615 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file);
15617 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP:
15618 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file);
15620 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A:
15621 fputs ("Loongson 3A", file);
15623 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON:
15624 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file);
15627 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file);
15630 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file);
15633 fputs ("LSI R4010", file);
15636 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file);
15639 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file);
15641 case AFL_EXT_10000:
15642 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file);
15645 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file);
15648 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file);
15651 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file);
15654 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file);
15657 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file);
15659 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E:
15660 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file);
15662 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F:
15663 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file);
15666 fprintf (file, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext);
15672 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file, int val)
15676 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY:
15677 fprintf (file, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15679 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE:
15680 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15682 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE:
15683 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15685 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT:
15686 fprintf (file, _("Soft float\n"));
15688 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64:
15689 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15691 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX:
15692 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15694 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64:
15695 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15697 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A:
15698 fprintf (file, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15701 fprintf (file, "??? (%d)\n", val);
15707 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size)
15709 return (reg_size == AFL_REG_NONE) ? 0
15710 : (reg_size == AFL_REG_32) ? 32
15711 : (reg_size == AFL_REG_64) ? 64
15712 : (reg_size == AFL_REG_128) ? 128
15717 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
15721 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
15723 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15724 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
15726 /* xgettext:c-format */
15727 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
15729 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
15730 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15731 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
15732 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15733 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
15734 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15735 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
15736 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15737 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
15738 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15739 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
15740 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15741 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
15742 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
15744 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
15746 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
15747 fprintf (file, " [mips1]");
15748 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
15749 fprintf (file, " [mips2]");
15750 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
15751 fprintf (file, " [mips3]");
15752 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
15753 fprintf (file, " [mips4]");
15754 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
15755 fprintf (file, " [mips5]");
15756 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
15757 fprintf (file, " [mips32]");
15758 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
15759 fprintf (file, " [mips64]");
15760 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
15761 fprintf (file, " [mips32r2]");
15762 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
15763 fprintf (file, " [mips64r2]");
15764 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6)
15765 fprintf (file, " [mips32r6]");
15766 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
15767 fprintf (file, " [mips64r6]");
15769 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15771 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
15772 fprintf (file, " [mdmx]");
15774 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
15775 fprintf (file, " [mips16]");
15777 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
15778 fprintf (file, " [micromips]");
15780 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008)
15781 fprintf (file, " [nan2008]");
15783 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64)
15784 fprintf (file, " [old fp64]");
15786 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
15787 fprintf (file, " [32bitmode]");
15789 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
15791 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER)
15792 fprintf (file, " [noreorder]");
15794 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
15795 fprintf (file, " [PIC]");
15797 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC)
15798 fprintf (file, " [CPIC]");
15800 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_XGOT)
15801 fprintf (file, " [XGOT]");
15803 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_UCODE)
15804 fprintf (file, " [UCODE]");
15806 fputc ('\n', file);
15808 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid)
15810 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *abiflags = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags;
15811 fprintf (file, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags->version);
15812 fprintf (file, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags->isa_level);
15813 if (abiflags->isa_rev > 1)
15814 fprintf (file, "r%d", abiflags->isa_rev);
15815 fprintf (file, "\nGPR size: %d",
15816 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags->gpr_size));
15817 fprintf (file, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
15818 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags->cpr1_size));
15819 fprintf (file, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
15820 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags->cpr2_size));
15821 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file);
15822 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file, abiflags->fp_abi);
15823 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file);
15824 print_mips_isa_ext (file, abiflags->isa_ext);
15825 fputs ("\nASEs:", file);
15826 print_mips_ases (file, abiflags->ases);
15827 fprintf (file, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags->flags1);
15828 fprintf (file, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags->flags2);
15829 fputc ('\n', file);
15835 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] =
15837 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
15838 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
15839 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
15840 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
15841 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
15842 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
15843 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
15846 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
15847 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
15848 definiton of the symbol. */
15850 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
15851 const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
15852 bfd_boolean definition,
15853 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15855 if ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
15857 unsigned char other;
15859 other = (definition ? isym->st_other : h->other);
15860 other &= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
15861 h->other = other | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other);
15865 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other))
15866 h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL;
15869 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
15870 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
15872 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
15874 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE;
15878 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
15880 return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
15881 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
15882 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON);
15885 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
15886 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
15889 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
15890 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15893 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
15894 + i * 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry));
15897 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
15898 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
15899 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
15900 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
15901 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
15902 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
15903 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
15904 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
15907 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
15908 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
15909 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
15910 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms,
15913 static const char pltname[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
15914 static const char microsuffix[] = "@micromipsplt";
15915 static const char m16suffix[] = "@mips16plt";
15916 static const char mipssuffix[] = "@plt";
15918 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
15919 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
15920 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (abfd);
15921 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
15922 bfd_byte *plt_data;
15923 bfd_vma plt_offset;
15924 unsigned int other;
15925 bfd_vma entry_size;
15944 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0 || dynsymcount <= 0)
15947 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rel.plt");
15948 if (relplt == NULL)
15951 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
15952 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd) || hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL)
15955 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
15959 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
15960 if (!(*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
15962 p = relplt->relocation;
15964 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
15965 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
15966 PLT slots per relocation. */
15967 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
15968 counti = count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
15969 size = 2 * count * sizeof (asymbol);
15970 size += count * (sizeof (mipssuffix) +
15971 (micromips_p ? sizeof (microsuffix) : sizeof (m16suffix)));
15972 for (pi = 0; pi < counti; pi += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
15973 size += 2 * strlen ((*p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
15975 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
15976 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof (pltname);
15978 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, plt, &plt_data))
15981 if (plt->size < 16)
15984 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
15987 send = s + 2 * count + 1;
15989 names = (char *) send;
15990 nend = (char *) s + size;
15993 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, plt_data + 12);
15994 if (opcode == 0x3302fffe)
15998 plt0_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
15999 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
16001 else if (opcode == 0x0398c1d0)
16005 plt0_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
16006 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
16010 plt0_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
16015 s->flags = BSF_SYNTHETIC | BSF_FUNCTION | BSF_LOCAL;
16019 s->udata.i = other;
16020 memcpy (names, pltname, sizeof (pltname));
16021 names += sizeof (pltname);
16025 for (plt_offset = plt0_size;
16026 plt_offset + 8 <= plt->size && s < send;
16027 plt_offset += entry_size)
16029 bfd_vma gotplt_addr;
16030 const char *suffix;
16035 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 4);
16037 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
16038 if (opcode == 0x651aeb00)
16042 /* Truncated table??? */
16043 if (plt_offset + 16 > plt->size)
16045 gotplt_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 12);
16046 entry_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry);
16047 suffixlen = sizeof (m16suffix);
16048 suffix = m16suffix;
16049 other = STO_MIPS16;
16051 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16052 else if (opcode == 0xff220000)
16056 gotplt_hi = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset) & 0x7f;
16057 gotplt_lo = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 2) & 0xffff;
16058 gotplt_hi = ((gotplt_hi ^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16060 gotplt_addr = gotplt_hi + gotplt_lo;
16061 gotplt_addr += ((plt->vma + plt_offset) | 3) ^ 3;
16062 entry_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry);
16063 suffixlen = sizeof (microsuffix);
16064 suffix = microsuffix;
16065 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
16067 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16068 else if ((opcode & 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16070 gotplt_hi = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 2) & 0xffff;
16071 gotplt_lo = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 6) & 0xffff;
16072 gotplt_hi = ((gotplt_hi ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16073 gotplt_lo = (gotplt_lo ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16074 gotplt_addr = gotplt_hi + gotplt_lo;
16075 entry_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry);
16076 suffixlen = sizeof (microsuffix);
16077 suffix = microsuffix;
16078 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
16080 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16083 gotplt_hi = bfd_get_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset) & 0xffff;
16084 gotplt_lo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 4) & 0xffff;
16085 gotplt_hi = ((gotplt_hi ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16086 gotplt_lo = (gotplt_lo ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16087 gotplt_addr = gotplt_hi + gotplt_lo;
16088 entry_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
16089 suffixlen = sizeof (mipssuffix);
16090 suffix = mipssuffix;
16093 /* Truncated table??? */
16094 if (plt_offset + entry_size > plt->size)
16098 i < count && p[pi].address != gotplt_addr;
16099 i++, pi = (pi + bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) % counti);
16106 *s = **p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr;
16107 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16108 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16109 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
16110 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
16111 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
16113 s->value = plt_offset;
16115 s->udata.i = other;
16117 len = strlen ((*p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
16118 namelen = len + suffixlen;
16119 if (names + namelen > nend)
16122 memcpy (names, (*p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
16124 memcpy (names, suffix, suffixlen);
16125 names += suffixlen;
16128 pi = (pi + bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) % counti;
16138 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
16140 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
16141 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
16143 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
16146 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info);
16147 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
16149 if (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs && !htab->is_vxworks)
16150 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 1;
16153 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd, link_info);
16155 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags.fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16156 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags.fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A)
16157 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 3;
16159 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd) && !(elf_stack_flags (abfd) & PF_X))
16160 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 5;
16164 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding (struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
16166 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
16169 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16172 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode (struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
16174 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE;